JP2011157349A - Pharmaceutical composition containing nitrogen-containing aromatic heterocyclyl compound - Google Patents

Abstract

<P>PROBLEM TO BE SOLVED: To provide a compound having high activity of controlling blood lipid levels. <P>SOLUTION: The compound having general formula (I) äwherein, A is five-membered nitrogen-containing aromatic heterocyclyl; R<SP>1</SP>is COOH or the like; R<SP>2</SP>is alkyl or the like; R<SP>3</SP>is (substituted) phenyl, (substituted) phenylalkyl or the like; m is 0, 1, 2 or 3; n is 0 or 1; R<SP>4</SP>, R<SP>5</SP>, R<SP>6</SP>and R<SP>7</SP>are each H, alkyl or the like; B is (substituted) naphthyl, (substituted) aromatic heterocyclyl or a group having formula (II) [wherein, B<SP>1</SP>and B<SP>2</SP>are each (substituted) phenyl or (substituted) aromatic heterocyclyl]} is provided. Alternatively, a pharmacologically acceptable salt of the compound, or the like, is provided. <P>COPYRIGHT: (C)2011,JPO&INPIT

Description

  The present invention relates to a novel nitrogen-containing aromatic heterocyclyl compound useful as a pharmaceutical or a pharmacologically acceptable salt thereof; a pharmaceutical composition containing it as an active ingredient; or a pharmaceutically effective amount thereof administered to a warm-blooded animal The present invention relates to a method for treating or preventing diseases caused by

  Lipolysis in fat cells is known to cause an increase in triglyceride (TG), low density lipoprotein (LDL), etc. (see, for example, Non-Patent Document 1), and such abnormal lipid levels in blood Causes hyperlipidemia, arteriosclerosis, diabetes, metabolic syndrome and the like. Thus, suppression of lipolysis in adipocytes can be achieved by controlling blood lipid levels, for example, (i) elevated high density lipoprotein (HDL) or (ii) total cholesterol (TC), low density lipoprotein (LDL) ), Very low density lipoprotein (VLDL), non-esterified fatty acid (NEFA), or triglyceride (TG). Compounds with lipolysis-inhibiting activity are hypo-HDL, hypercholesterolemia, hyper-LDL, hyper-VLDL, hyper-TG, hyperlipidemia, dyslipidaemia, and abnormal lipid metabolism Disease, arteriosclerosis, type I diabetes, type II diabetes, metabolic syndrome, insulin resistance, heart failure, myocardial infarction, cardiovascular disease, coronary heart disease, stroke, obesity, angina, chronic renal failure, peripheral vascular disorder, Treatment or prevention of nonalcoholic steatohepatitis, anorexia nervosa, metabolic syndrome, Alzheimer's disease, schizophrenia, amyotrophic lateral sclerosis, etc., or occurrence of events based on cardiovascular or coronary heart disease Alternatively, it is expected to be useful for reducing the mortality rate (see, for example, Example E of Patent Document 7 or Example 4 of Patent Document 8).

  Anthranilic acid derivatives having a blood lipid level controlling action are known (see, for example, Patent Documents 1 to 7). However, the compound of the present invention differs from the above anthranilic acid derivative in the structure of the heterocyclyl ring to which the amide group is bonded.

International Publication No. 2006/052555 (US2007 / 0299101) International Publication No. 2006/057922 Pamphlet (US2007 / 0281969) International Publication No. 2007/002557 Pamphlet (US2006 / 0293364) International Publication No. 2007/092364 Pamphlet (US2009 / 0062269) International Publication No. 2007/120575 pamphlet International Publication No. 2006/085113 Pamphlet (US2008 / 0200468) International Publication No. 2007/015744 Pamphlet International Publication No. 2006/052569 Pamphlet

Havel RJ., Metabo Clin Exp, 1961, Volume 10, p1031-1036

  The present inventors have conducted research on compounds having an excellent blood lipid level control action, and a nitrogen-containing aromatic heterocyclyl compound having a specific structure or a pharmacologically acceptable salt thereof has lipolysis inhibitory activity, blood Medium lipid level control (eg NEFA or TG lowering), in vivo activity, solubility, oral absorption, metabolic stability, blood concentration, bioavailability (BA), tissue transfer, physical stability A drug (preferably a drug for the treatment or prevention of dyslipidemia or dyslipidemia) having excellent properties in terms of sex, drug interaction, safety [eg flushing], etc. ) Was found useful. The present invention has been completed based on the above findings.

The present invention relates to a novel nitrogen-containing aromatic heterocyclyl compound useful as a pharmaceutical or a pharmacologically acceptable salt thereof;
A pharmaceutical composition containing a nitrogen-containing aromatic heterocyclyl compound or a pharmacologically acceptable salt thereof as an active ingredient, preferably hypo-HDLemia, hypercholesterolemia, hyper-LDL, hyper-VLDL, hyper-TG , Hyperlipidemia, dislipidaemia, dyslipidemia, arteriosclerosis, type I diabetes, type II diabetes, insulin resistance, heart failure, myocardial infarction, cardiovascular disease, stroke, obesity, Treatment or prevention of angina, chronic renal failure, peripheral vascular disorder, nonalcoholic steatohepatitis, anorexia nervosa, metabolic syndrome, Alzheimer's disease, schizophrenia, amyotrophic lateral sclerosis, or cardiovascular disease or A pharmaceutical composition for reducing the occurrence of events or mortality based on coronary heart disease, more preferably hyperlipidemia, dyslipidemia, dyslipidemia, arteriosclerosis, or II The pharmaceutical composition for the treatment or prevention of diabetes, more preferably, the treatment or prevention of dyslipidemia or lipid metabolism disorders (preferably, treatment) A pharmaceutical composition for;
Use of a nitrogen-containing aromatic heterocyclyl compound or a pharmacologically acceptable salt thereof for the manufacture of a pharmaceutical composition for the treatment or prevention (preferably treatment) of a disease (preferably the above-mentioned disease);
Treatment or prevention of a disease (preferably the above-mentioned disease) by administering a pharmaceutically effective amount of a nitrogen-containing aromatic heterocyclyl compound or a pharmacologically acceptable salt thereof to a warm-blooded animal (preferably a human) ( Preferably, a method for treatment); and
A method for producing a nitrogen-containing aromatic heterocyclyl compound or a pharmacologically acceptable salt thereof is provided.

In one aspect, the present invention provides the following.
(1) General formula (I)

[In the formula, A containing X represents a nitrogen-containing 5-membered aromatic heterocyclyl group, X represents a carbon atom or a nitrogen atom, except that A is a thiazolyl group,
R ¹ represents a carboxy group, a carboxymethyl group, or a tetrazolyl group,
R ² independently represents a group selected from the substituent group α,
R ³ is independently a phenyl group or a substituted phenyl group (the substituent is independently 1 to 4 groups selected from the substituent group α), a 5- to 6-membered aromatic heterocyclyl group. Substituted 5- to 6-membered aromatic heterocyclyl groups (the substituents independently represent 1 to 4 groups selected from the substituent group α), phenyl (C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl) groups, substituted A phenyl (C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl) group (the substituent is independently 1 to 4 groups selected from the substituent group α), a 5- to 6-membered aromatic heterocyclyl (C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl) group, or a substituted 5- to 6-membered aromatic heterocyclyl (C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl) group (the substituent is independently 1 to 4 groups selected from substituent group α) )
m represents 0, 1, 2, or 3;
n represents 0 or 1, provided that when m is 3, n is 0;
R ⁴ , R ⁵ , R ⁶ , and R ⁷ are independently a hydrogen atom, a C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl group, a halogeno (C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl) group, a hydroxy group, or a C ₁ -C ₆ alkoxy group. Group or halogeno group,
B is a naphthyl group, a substituted naphthyl group (the substituent is independently 1 to 4 groups selected from the substituent group α), a 9 to 10-membered aromatic heterocyclyl group, a substituted 9 to 10 A membered aromatic heterocyclyl group (the substituent is independently 1 to 4 groups selected from the substituent group α), or a group represented by the formula (II)

[Wherein, B ¹ and B ² are independently a phenyl group or a substituted phenyl group (the substituent is independently 1 to 4 groups selected from the substituent group α), 5 to A 6-membered aromatic heterocyclyl group or a substituted 5- to 6-membered aromatic heterocyclyl group (the substituent independently represents 1 to 4 groups selected from the substituent group α)] A group having
Substituent group α includes C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl group, hydroxy (C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl) group, (C ₁ -C ₆ alkoxy)-(C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl) group, halogeno (C ₁ -C ₆ ). ₆ alkyl) group, (C ₃ -C ₈ cycloalkyl)-(C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl) group, C ₃ -C ₈ cycloalkyl group, C ₂ -C ₆ alkenyl group, C ₂ -C ₆ alkynyl group, hydroxy groups, C ₁ -C ₆ alkoxy group, a halogeno (C ₁ -C ₆ alkoxy) group, C ₁ -C ₆ alkylthio group, C ₁ -C ₆ alkylsulfinyl group, C ₁ -C ₆ alkylsulfonyl group, an amino group , C ₁ -C ₆ alkylamino group, di (C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl) amino group, formylamino group, (C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl) carbonylamino group, (C ₁ -C ₆ alkoxy) carbonylamino group, (C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl) sulfonylamino group, a formyl group, (C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl) Cal Group, a carboxyl group, (C ₁ -C ₆ alkoxy) carbonyl group, a carbamoyl group, (C ₁ -C ₆ alkylamino) carbonyl group, a di (C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl) aminocarbonyl group, aminosulfonyl group, ( C ₁ -C ₆ alkylamino) sulfonyl group, a di (C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl) aminosulfonyl group, a cyano group, a nitro group, and shows a group consisting of halogeno group. Or a pharmacologically acceptable salt thereof.

(2) The compound or pharmacologically acceptable salt thereof according to (1), wherein A is a pyrrolyl group and X is a carbon atom.

(3) In (1), the general formula (I-1)

Or a pharmacologically acceptable salt thereof.

(4) In (1), the general formula (I-3)

[Wherein R ^8a represents a hydrogen atom, a C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl group, a hydroxy (C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl) group, a (C ₁ -C ₆ alkoxy)-(C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl) group, a halogeno group; (C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl) group, (C ₃ -C ₈ cycloalkyl)-(C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl) group, C ₃ -C ₈ cycloalkyl group, C ₂ -C ₆ alkenyl group, C _2- C ₆ alkynyl group, C ₁ -C ₆ alkylsulfonyl group, a formyl group, (C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl) carbonyl group, (C ₁ -C ₆ alkoxy) carbonyl group, a carbamoyl group, (C ₁ -C ₆ alkylamino ) Carbonyl group, di (C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl) aminocarbonyl group, aminosulfonyl group, (C ₁ -C ₆ alkylamino) sulfonyl group, or di (C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl) aminosulfonyl group,
R ^2a is independently a C ₁ -C ₄ alkyl group, a halogeno (C ₁ -C ₄ alkyl) group, a (C ₃ -C ₆ cycloalkyl)-(C ₁ -C ₄ alkyl) group, a C _3- C ₆ cycloalkyl group, C ₂ -C ₄ alkenyl group, C ₂ -C ₄ alkynyl group, hydroxy group, C ₁ -C ₄ alkoxy group, formyl group, (C ₁ -C ₄ alkyl) carbonyl group, cyano group, Or a halogeno group,
k is 0, 1, or 2] or a pharmacologically acceptable salt thereof.

(5) R ^8a is a hydrogen atom, a C ₁ -C ₄ alkyl group, a (C ₁ -C ₂ alkoxy)-(C ₁ -C ₄ alkyl) group, (C ₃ -C ₆ cycloalkyl)-(C ₁ -C ₄ alkyl) group, a halogeno (C ₁ -C ₄ alkyl) group, C ₃ -C ₆ cycloalkyl group, C ₂ -C ₄ alkenyl group, or is C ₂ -C ₄ alkynyl group,
R ^2a represents a C ₁ -C ₂ alkyl group, a halogeno (C ₁ -C ₂ alkyl) group (the halogeno group represents 1 to 5 groups selected from the group consisting of a fluoro group and a chloro group), C ₃ -C ₄ cycloalkyl group, a cyano group, fluoro group, or a chloro group,
The compound according to (4) or a pharmacologically acceptable salt thereof, wherein k is 0 or 1.

(6) R ^8a is a C ₁ -C ₄ alkyl group,
The compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof according to (4), wherein k is 0.

(7) R ^8a is an ethyl group,
The compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof according to (4), wherein k is 0.

(8) In (1), the general formula (I-4)

[Wherein R ^3a represents a phenyl (C ₁ -C ₂ alkyl) group or a substituted phenyl (C ₁ -C ₂ alkyl) group (the substituent is independently selected from the substituent group α1) To 3 groups)
The substituent group α1 is a C ₁ -C ₂ alkyl group, a halogeno (C ₁ -C ₂ alkyl) group (the halogeno group represents 1 to 5 groups selected from the group consisting of a fluoro group and a chloro group) ), A group comprising a fluoro group and a chloro group] or a pharmacologically acceptable salt thereof.

(9) R ^3a is a phenylmethyl group or a substituted phenylmethyl group (the substituent independently represents 1 to 3 groups selected from the substituent group α2);
The substituent group α2 is a compound described in (8) or a pharmacologically acceptable salt thereof, which represents a group consisting of a methyl group, a trifluoromethyl group, and a fluoro group.

(10) In (1), the general formula (I-2)

Or a pharmacologically acceptable salt thereof.

(11) In (1), the general formula (I-5)

[Wherein R ^8b represents a hydrogen atom, a C ₁ -C ₄ alkyl group, a (C ₁ -C ₂ alkoxy)-(C ₁ -C ₄ alkyl) group, a halogeno (C ₁ -C ₄ alkyl) group, C A compound having ₃ -C ₆ cycloalkyl group, C ₂ -C ₄ alkenyl group or C ₂ -C ₄ alkynyl group] or a pharmacologically acceptable salt thereof.

(12) The compound or pharmacologically acceptable salt thereof described in (11), wherein R ^8b is a C ₁ -C ₄ alkyl group.

(13) The compound or pharmacologically acceptable salt thereof according to any one of (1) to (12), wherein R ¹ is a carboxy group.

(14) R ⁴ , R ⁵ , R ⁶ , and R ⁷ are each independently a hydrogen atom, a C ₁ -C ₂ alkyl group, a halogeno (C ₁ -C ₂ alkyl) group (the halogeno group is a fluoro 1 to 5 groups selected from the group consisting of a group and a chloro group), a fluoro group, or a chloro group, the compound according to any one of (1) to (13) or a pharmacological agent thereof Acceptable salt.

(15) The compound according to any one of (1) to (13) or a pharmacologically acceptable salt thereof, wherein R ⁴ , R ⁵ , R ⁶ , and R ⁷ are each independently a hydrogen atom or a fluoro group. Salt.

(16) The compound according to any one of (1) to (13), wherein R ⁴ and R ⁵ are independently a hydrogen atom or a fluoro group, and R ⁶ and R ⁷ are a hydrogen atom. Its pharmacologically acceptable salt.

(17) B is a naphthyl group or a substituted naphthyl group (the substituent independently represents 1 to 3 groups selected from the substituent group α3);
The substituent group α3 is a C ₁ -C ₂ alkyl group, a halogeno (C ₁ -C ₂ alkyl) group (the halogeno group represents 1 to 5 groups selected from the group consisting of a fluoro group and a chloro group) ), A hydroxy group, a C ₁ -C ₂ alkoxy group, a fluoro group, and a chloro group, the compound according to any one of (1) to (16) or a pharmacologically acceptable salt thereof.

(18) B is a compound represented by the formula (IIa)

[Wherein, B ^1a represents a phenyl group, a substituted phenyl group (the substituents independently represent 1 to 3 groups selected from the substituent group α4), a 5-membered aromatic heterocyclyl group, or , A substituted 5-membered aromatic heterocyclyl group (the substituent independently represents 1 to 3 groups selected from the substituent group α4),
B ^2a is a phenyl group, a substituted phenyl group (the substituent is independently 1 to 3 groups selected from the substituent group α5), a pyridyl group, or a substituted pyridyl group (the substituent is Each independently represents 1 to 3 groups selected from the substituent group α5),
The substituent group α4 includes a C ₁ -C ₄ alkyl group, a halogeno (C ₁ -C ₄ alkyl) group, a (C ₃ -C ₆ cycloalkyl)-(C ₁ -C ₄ alkyl) group, and a C ₃ -C ₆ group. cycloalkyl group, C ₁ -C ₄ alkoxy group, a formyl group, (C ₁ -C ₄ alkyl) carbonyl group, a cyano group, fluoro group, chloro group, and represents the group consisting of bromo groups,
Substituent group α5 is a group consisting of a C ₁ -C ₄ alkyl group, a halogeno (C ₁ -C ₄ alkyl) group, a hydroxy group, a C ₁ -C ₄ alkoxy group, a fluoro group, a chloro group, and a bromo group. Or a pharmacologically acceptable salt thereof. The compound according to any one of (1) to (16), which is a group having

(19) B is represented by the formula (IIb)

[Wherein B ^1b represents a nitrogen-containing 5-membered aromatic heterocyclyl group or a substituted nitrogen-containing 5-membered aromatic heterocyclyl group (the substituent is independently selected from the substituent group α6) Indicating a group)
B ^2b is a phenyl group, a substituted phenyl group (the substituent is independently 1 or 2 groups selected from the substituent group α7), a pyridyl group, or a substituted pyridyl group (the substituent is Each independently represents 1 to 2 groups selected from the substituent group α7),
The substituent group α6 is a C ₁ -C ₄ alkyl group, a halogeno (C ₁ -C ₂ alkyl) group (the halogeno group represents 1 to 5 groups selected from the group consisting of a fluoro group and a chloro group) ), (C ₃ -C ₄ cycloalkyl)-(C ₁ -C ₂ alkyl) group, C ₃ -C ₄ cycloalkyl group, (C ₁ -C ₂ alkyl) carbonyl group, cyano group, fluoro group, and A group of chloro groups,
The substituent group α7 is a group having a C ₁ -C ₂ alkyl group, a hydroxy group, a fluoro group, and a chloro group], and is described in any one of (1) to (16) A compound or a pharmacologically acceptable salt thereof.

(20) B is represented by the formula (IIc)

[ ^Wherein B ^1c represents a group selected from the following group or a group selected from the following group which is substituted (the substituent is a group independently selected from the substituent group α8) Show)

B ^2c represents a phenyl group or a 4-hydroxyphenyl group;
The substituent group α8 is a C ₁ -C ₄ alkyl group, a halogeno (C ₁ -C ₂ alkyl) group (the halogeno group represents 1 to 5 groups selected from the group consisting of a fluoro group and a chloro group) ), A cyclopropyl group, a methylcarbonyl group, a cyano group, a fluoro group, and a chloro group]] or a pharmacology thereof Top acceptable salt.

(21) B is represented by the formula (IId)

[ ^Wherein , B ^1d represents a group selected from the following group or a group selected from the following group that is substituted (the substituent represents one group selected from the substituent group α9). Show

  The substituent group α9 is a group having a methyl group, an ethyl group, or a chloro group], or a pharmacologically acceptable compound thereof according to any one of (1) to (16) salt.

(22) 4- {3- [2- (4-hydroxyphenyl) thiazol-5-yl] propanoyl} amino-1-ethylpyrrole-3-carboxylic acid;
4- {3- [2- (4-hydroxyphenyl) thiazol-5-yl] -2-fluoropropanoyl} amino-1-ethylpyrrole-3-carboxylic acid;
4- {3- [3- (4-hydroxyphenyl) -4-ethylisoxazol-5-yl] propanoyl} amino-1-ethylpyrrole-3-carboxylic acid;
4- {3- [4-chloro- (4-hydroxyphenyl) isoxazol-5-yl] propanoyl} amino-1-ethylpyrrole-3-carboxylic acid;
4- {3- [4-ethyl- (4-hydroxyphenyl) isoxazol-5-yl] propanoyl} amino-1-ethylpyrrole-3-carboxylic acid;
4- {3-[(4-hydroxyphenyl) -4-methylisoxazol-5-yl] propanoyl} amino-1-ethylpyrrole-3-carboxylic acid;
4- {3- [2- (4-hydroxyphenyl) thiazol-5-yl] -2,2-difluoropropanoyl} amino-1-ethylpyrrole-3-carboxylic acid;
4- {3- [4-ethyl-3- (4-hydroxyphenyl) isoxazol-5-yl] -2,2-difluoropropanoyl} amino-1-ethylpyrrole-3-carboxylic acid;
4- {3- [4-ethyl-5- (4-hydroxyphenyl) isoxazol-3-yl] -2,2-difluoropropanoyl} amino-1-ethylpyrrole-3-carboxylic acid;
4- {3- [4-chloro-5- (4-hydroxyphenyl) isoxazol-3-yl] -2-fluoropropanoyl} amino-1-ethylpyrrole-3-carboxylic acid;
4- {3- [3- (4-hydroxyphenyl) isoxazol-5-yl] -2-fluoropropanoyl} amino-1-ethylpyrrole-3-carboxylic acid, and;
Selected from the group consisting of 4- {3- [3- (4-hydroxyphenyl) isoxazol-5-yl] -2,2-difluoropropanoyl} amino-1-ethylpyrrole-3-carboxylic acid, (1 Or a pharmacologically acceptable salt thereof.

  In the present invention, the compounds of Examples 13, 22, 25, 33, 35, 38, 39, 40, 41, 46, 62, and 63 shown in (22) above are preferable.

In the general formula (I) of the present invention, any combination of the groups represented by the above (1) to (21) is suitable. For example, the following combinations are suitable.
(23) A, R ^2a , R ^8a , k: (4); R ¹ : (13); R ⁴ , R ⁵ , R ⁶ , R ⁷ : (14); B: (18).
(24) A, R ^2a , R ^8a , k: (5); R ¹ : (13); R ⁴ , R ⁵ , R ⁶ , R ⁷ : (15); B: (19).
(25) A, R ^2a , R ^8a , k: (6); R ¹ : (13); R ⁴ , R ⁵ , R ⁶ , R ⁷ : (16); B: (20).
(26) A, R ^2a , R ^8a , k: (7); R ¹ : (13); R ⁴ , R ⁵ , R ⁶ , R ⁷ : (16); B: (21).
(27) A, R ^2a , R ^8a , k: (7); R ¹ : (13); R ⁴ , R ⁵ , R ⁶ , R ⁷ : (16); B: (17).

Moreover, this invention provides the following in one side surface.
(28) A pharmaceutical composition comprising the compound described in any one of (1) to (22) or a pharmacologically acceptable salt thereof as an active ingredient.
(29) The pharmaceutical composition described in (28) for the treatment or prevention of hyperlipidemia, dyslipidemia, dyslipidemia, arteriosclerosis, or type II diabetes.
(30) The pharmaceutical composition described in (28) for treating or preventing dyslipidemia.
(31) The pharmaceutical composition described in (28) for treating or preventing dyslipidemia.
(32) Use of the compound described in any one of (1) to (22) or a pharmacologically acceptable salt thereof for producing a pharmaceutical composition for treating or preventing a disease.
(33) The use described in (32), wherein the disease is hyperlipidemia, dyslipidemia, dyslipidemia, arteriosclerosis, or type II diabetes.
(34) The use according to (32), wherein the disease is dyslipidemia.
(35) The use according to (32), wherein the disease is dyslipidemia.
(36) A method for treating or preventing a disease by administering to a warm-blooded animal a pharmaceutically effective amount of the compound described in any one of (1) to (22) or a pharmacologically acceptable salt thereof. .
(37) The method according to (36), wherein the disease is hyperlipidemia, dyslipidemia, dyslipidemia, arteriosclerosis, or type II diabetes.
(38) The method according to (36), wherein the disease is dyslipidemia.
(39) The method according to (36), wherein the disease is dyslipidemia.
(40) The compound according to any one of (1) to (22) or a pharmacologically acceptable salt thereof for use in a method for treating or preventing a disease.
(41) In any one of (1) to (22), wherein the disease is hyperlipidemia, dyslipidemia, dyslipidemia, arteriosclerosis, or type II diabetes Or a pharmacologically acceptable salt thereof.
(42) The compound or pharmacologically acceptable salt thereof according to any one of (1) to (22), wherein the disease is dyslipidemia in (40).
(43) The compound or pharmacologically acceptable salt thereof according to any one of (1) to (22), wherein the disease is dyslipidemia in (40).

  In the general formula (I) of the present invention, the “nitrogen-containing 5-membered aromatic heterocyclyl group” contains one nitrogen atom, and is further selected from the group consisting of a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom, and a sulfur atom. A 5-membered aromatic heterocyclic group optionally containing 1 to 3 atoms, for example, a pyrrolyl group, a pyrazolyl group, an imidazolyl group, an oxazolyl group, an isoxazolyl group, an isothiazolyl group, a triazolyl group, an oxadiazolyl group, or It can be a thiadiazolyl group. The nitrogen-containing 5-membered aromatic heterocyclyl group in A is preferably a pyrrolyl group, a pyrazolyl group, an imidazolyl group, an oxazolyl group, an isoxazolyl group, or an isothiazolyl group, and more preferably a pyrrolyl group, a pyrazolyl group, Alternatively, it is an imidazolyl group, more preferably a pyrrolyl group or a pyrazolyl group, and most preferably a pyrrolyl group.

“5- to 6-membered aromatic heterocyclyl group” refers to a 5- to 6-membered aromatic heterocyclic group containing 1 to 4 atoms selected from the group consisting of a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom, and a sulfur atom. For example, pyrrolyl group, furyl group, thienyl group, pyrazolyl group, imidazolyl group, oxazolyl group, isoxazolyl group, thiazolyl group, isothiazolyl group, triazolyl group, oxadiazolyl group, thiadiazolyl group, tetrazolyl group, pyranyl group, pyridyl group, pyridazinyl group , A pyrimidinyl group or a pyrazinyl group. The 5- to 6-membered aromatic heterocyclyl group in R ³ and R ^3a is preferably a pyrrolyl group, an imidazolyl group, an oxazolyl group, a thiazolyl group, a triazolyl group, or a pyridyl group, and more preferably a pyridyl group It is. The 5- to 6-membered aromatic heterocyclyl group in B ¹ is preferably a 5-membered aromatic heterocyclyl group, and more preferably a pyrrolyl group, a furyl group, a thienyl group, a pyrazolyl group, an imidazolyl group, or an oxazolyl group. , Isoxazolyl group, thiazolyl group, isothiazolyl group, triazolyl group, oxadiazolyl group or thiadiazolyl group, more preferably pyrazolyl group, imidazolyl group, oxazolyl group, isoxazolyl group, thiazolyl group, isothiazolyl group, oxadiazolyl group, or , A thiadiazolyl group, and even more preferably an isoxazolyl group or a thiazolyl group. The 5- to 6-membered aromatic heterocyclyl group in B ² is preferably a pyrrolyl group, a furyl group, a thienyl group, an imidazolyl group, an oxazolyl group, a thiazolyl group, a triazolyl group, an oxadiazolyl group, a thiadiazolyl group, or a pyridyl group. More preferably a furyl group, a thienyl group or a pyridyl group, and still more preferably a pyridyl group.

“Phenyl (C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl) group” means the following C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl group substituted with one phenyl group, for example, phenylmethyl group (benzyl group), phenylethyl group, phenylpropyl Group, a phenylbutyl group, a phenylpentyl group, or a phenylhexyl group, preferably a phenyl (C ₁ -C ₄ alkyl) group, and more preferably a phenyl (C ₁ -C ₂ alkyl) group And most preferably a phenylmethyl group.

“5- to 6-membered aromatic heterocyclyl (C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl) group” refers to the following C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl group substituted with one of the above 5- to 6-membered aromatic heterocyclyl groups, Is a 5- to 6-membered aromatic heterocyclyl (C ₁ -C ₄ alkyl) group, more preferably a 5- to 6-membered aromatic heterocyclyl (C ₁ -C ₂ alkyl) group, and more preferably Pyrrolylmethyl group, pyrrolylethyl group, imidazolylmethyl group, imidazolylethyl group, oxazolylmethyl group, oxazolylethyl group, thiazolylmethyl group, thiazolylethyl group, triazolylmethyl group, triazolylethyl group, pyridylmethyl group Or a pyridylethyl group, and more preferably a pyrrolylmethyl group, an imidazolylmethyl group, an oxazolylmethyl group, a thiazolylmethyl group, Zorirumechiru group or a pyridylmethyl group.

“C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl group” refers to a straight or branched alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, such as methyl, ethyl, 1-propyl, 2-propyl, 1 -Butyl group, 2-butyl group, 2-methyl-1-propyl group, 2-methyl-2-propyl group, 1-pentyl group, 2-pentyl group, 3-pentyl group, 3-methyl-1-butyl group 2-methyl-1-butyl group, 2-methyl-2-butyl group, 3-methyl-2-butyl group, 2,2-dimethyl-1-propyl group, 1-hexyl group, 2-hexyl group, 3 -Hexyl group, 2-methyl-1-pentyl group, 3-methyl-1-pentyl group, 2-ethyl-1-butyl group, 2,2-dimethyl-1-butyl group, or 2,3-dimethyl- It is a 1-butyl group, preferably a C ₁ -C ₄ alkyl group, more Preferred is a C ₁ -C ₂ alkyl group, and most preferred is a methyl group. Further, one in R ^2, C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl group in R ^8a and R ^8b is preferably a C ₁ -C ₅ alkyl group, more preferably, C ₁ -C ₄ alkyl a group, more preferably a C ₂ -C ₄ alkyl group, and most preferably an ethyl group.

The “halogeno (C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl) group” refers to the above C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl group substituted with the same or different 1 to 7 following halogeno groups, and includes, for example, a fluoromethyl group, a difluoromethyl group, Dichloromethyl, dibromomethyl, trifluoromethyl, trichloromethyl, 2-fluoroethyl, 2-bromoethyl, 2-chloroethyl, 2-iodoethyl, 2,2-difluoroethyl, 2,2, 2-trifluoroethyl group, trichloroethyl group, pentafluoroethyl group, 3-fluoropropyl group, 3,3,3-trifluoropropyl group, 3-chloropropyl group, 4-fluorobutyl group, 4,4,4 -Trifluorobutyl group, 5-fluoropentyl group, 5,5,5-trifluoropentyl group, 6-fluorohexyl group, or 6,6,6-trimethyl Be a Ruorohekishiru group, preferably a halogeno (C ₁ -C ₄ alkyl) group, more preferably a halogeno (C ₁ -C ₄ alkyl) group (said halogeno group, a fluoro group and a chloro group More preferably a halogeno (C ₁ -C ₂ alkyl) group (wherein the halogeno group is selected from the group consisting of a fluoro group and a chloro group). And more preferably a trifluoromethyl group, a 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl group, or a pentafluoroethyl group, and most preferably a trimethyl group. A fluoromethyl group; Further, one in R ^2, halogeno (C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl) group in R ^8a and R ^8b is preferably a halogeno (C ₁ -C ₅ alkyl) group, more preferably, the A halogeno (C ₁ -C ₄ alkyl) group, more preferably a halogeno (C ₁ -C ₄ alkyl) group (wherein the halogeno group is 1 to 7 selected from the group consisting of a fluoro group and a chloro group) And more preferably, a halogeno (C ₂ -C ₄ alkyl) group (wherein the halogeno group represents 1 to 7 groups selected from the group consisting of a fluoro group and a chloro group) ).

“C ₁ -C ₆ alkoxy group” refers to a hydroxy group substituted with _one C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl group, for example, a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, a 1-propoxy group, a 2-propoxy group, 1 -Butoxy group, 2-butoxy group, 2-methyl-1-propoxy group, 2-methyl-2-propoxy group, 1-pentyloxy group, 2-pentyloxy group, 3-pentyloxy group, 2-methyl-2 -Butoxy group, 3-methyl-2-butoxy group, 1-hexyloxy group, 2-hexyloxy group, 3-hexyloxy group, 2-methyl-1-pentyloxy group, 3-methyl-1-pentyloxy group 2-ethyl-1-butoxy group, 2,2-dimethyl-1-butoxy group, or 2,3-dimethyl-1-butoxy group, preferably a C ₁ -C ₄ alkoxy group , More preferably A C ₁ -C ₂ alkoxy group, most preferably a methoxy group. In addition, the C ₁ -C ₆ alkoxy group in one of R ² is preferably a C ₁ -C ₅ alkoxy group, more preferably a C ₁ -C ₄ alkoxy group, and further preferably in is a C ₂ -C ₄ alkoxy groups.

  The “halogeno group” may be a fluoro group, a chloro group, a bromo group, or an iodo group, preferably a fluoro group, a chloro group, or a bromo group, and more preferably a fluoro group or a chloro group. And most preferably a fluoro group.

  “9 to 10-membered aromatic heterocyclyl group” refers to a 9 to 10-membered aromatic heterocyclic group containing 1 to 4 atoms selected from the group consisting of a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom, and a sulfur atom. For example, indolyl group, benzofuranyl group, benzothienyl group, benzimidazolyl group, benzoxazolyl group, benzisoxazolyl group, benzothiazolyl group, benzoisothiazolyl group, quinolyl group, isoquinolyl group, quinoxalinyl group, or quinazolinyl A quinolyl group, an isoquinolyl group, a quinoxalinyl group, or a quinazolinyl group.

“Hydroxy (C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl) group” refers to the above C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl group substituted by one hydroxy group, for example, hydroxymethyl group, hydroxyethyl group, hydroxy (1-propyl) Group, hydroxy (2-propyl) group, hydroxy (1-butyl) group, hydroxy (2-butyl) group, hydroxy (2-methyl-1-propyl) group, hydroxy (2-methyl-2-propyl) group, hydroxy (1-pentyl) group or may be a hydroxy (1-hexyl) group, preferably a hydroxy (C ₁ -C ₄ alkyl) group, more preferably a hydroxy (C ₁ -C ₂ Alkyl) group, most preferably a hydroxymethyl group. Further, one in R ^2, hydroxy (C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl) group in R ^8a and R ^8b are preferably hydroxy (C ₁ -C ₅ alkyl) group, more preferably, the Hydroxy (C ₁ -C ₄ alkyl) group, more preferably hydroxy (C ₂ -C ₄ alkyl) group.

"(C ₁ -C ₆ alkoxy) - (C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl) group" refers to one of the above C ₁ -C ₆ above C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl group substituted with an alkoxy group, for example, It can be a methoxymethyl group, ethoxymethyl group, propoxymethyl group, butoxymethyl group, pentyloxymethyl group, hexyloxymethyl group, methoxyethyl group, methoxypropyl group, methoxybutyl group, methoxypentyl group, or methoxyhexyl group , Preferably a (C ₁ -C ₄ alkoxy)-(C ₁ -C ₄ alkyl) group, and more preferably a (C ₁ -C ₂ alkoxy)-(C ₁ -C ₂ alkyl) group. is there. The (C ₁ -C ₆ alkoxy)-(C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl) group in one of R ² , R ^8a and R ^8b is preferably (C ₁ -C ₄ alkoxy)-( C ₁ -C ₅ alkyl) group, more preferably (C ₁ -C ₂ alkoxy)-(C ₁ -C ₄ alkyl) group, and even more preferably (C ₁ -C ₂ alkoxy) group. - a (C ₂ -C ₄ alkyl) group.

“(C ₃ -C ₈ cycloalkyl)-(C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl) group” refers to the above C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl group substituted by one of the following C ₃ -C ₈ cycloalkyl groups, For example, cyclopropylmethyl group, cyclobutylmethyl group, cyclopentylmethyl group, cyclohexylmethyl group, cycloheptylmethyl group, cyclooctylmethyl group, cyclopropylethyl group, cyclobutylethyl group, cyclopentylethyl group, cyclohexylethyl group, cyclopropyl A propyl group, a cyclobutylpropyl group, a cyclopentylpropyl group, a cyclohexylpropyl group, a cyclopropylbutyl group, a cyclobutylbutyl group, a cyclopropylpentyl group, or a cyclopropylhexyl group, and preferably a (C ₃ -C ₆ cycloalkyl) - (C ₁ -C ₄ alkyl) group, more favorable The, (C ₃ -C ₅ cycloalkyl) - is a (C ₁ -C ₂ alkyl) group. Also, one of R ² and the (C ₃ -C ₈ cycloalkyl)-(C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl) group in R ^8a are preferably (C ₃ -C ₆ cycloalkyl)-(C an ₁ -C ₅ alkyl) group, more preferably, (C ₃ -C ₅ cycloalkyl) - (C ₁ -C ₄ alkyl) group, more preferably, (C ₃ -C ₄ cycloalkyl )-(C ₂ -C ₄ alkyl) group.

“C ₃ -C ₈ cycloalkyl group” refers to a cyclic alkyl group having 3 to 8 carbon atoms, such as a cyclopropyl group, a cyclobutyl group, a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, a cycloheptyl group, or a cyclooctyl group. Group, preferably a C ₃ -C ₆ cycloalkyl group, more preferably a C ₃ -C ₅ cycloalkyl group, and even more preferably a C ₃ -C ₄ cycloalkyl group. And most preferably a cyclopropyl group.

“C ₂ -C ₆ alkenyl group” refers to a straight or branched alkenyl group having from 2 to 6 carbon atoms and may have one or more carbon-carbon double bonds, for example , Vinyl group, 2-propenyl group (allyl group), 2-butenyl group, 2-pentenyl group, 3-methyl-2-butenyl group, 2-hexenyl group, or 3-methyl-2-pentenyl group. , preferably is a C ₂ -C ₄ alkenyl group, more preferably a C ₂ -C ₃ alkenyl group. Further, one in R _^2, C ² -C ₆ alkenyl group in R ^8a and R ^8b is preferably a C ₂ -C ₅ alkenyl group, and more preferably, C ₂ -C ₄ alkenyl It is a group.

“C ₂ -C ₆ alkynyl” refers to a straight or branched alkynyl group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms, which may have one or more carbon-carbon triple bonds, for example, It may be an ethynyl group, a 1-propynyl group, a 2-propynyl group, a 1-butynyl group, a 2-butynyl group, a 1-pentynyl group, a 2-pentynyl group, or a 1-hexynyl group, preferably a C _2- A C ₄ alkynyl group, and more preferably a C ₂ -C ₃ alkynyl group. Further, one in R _^2, C ² -C ₆ alkynyl group in R ^8a and R ^8b is preferably a C ₂ -C ₅ alkynyl group, and more preferably, C ₂ -C ₄ alkynyl It is a group.

“Halogeno (C ₁ -C ₆ alkoxy) group” means the above C ₁ -C ₆ alkoxy group substituted with 1 to 7 of the above halogeno groups, and examples thereof include a fluoromethoxy group, a difluoromethoxy group, and a dichloromethoxy group. , Dibromomethoxy group, trifluoromethoxy group, trichloromethoxy group, 2-fluoroethoxy group, 2-bromoethoxy group, 2-chloroethoxy group, 2-iodoethoxy group, 2,2-difluoroethoxy group, 2,2, 2-trifluoroethoxy group, trichloroethoxy group, pentafluoroethoxy group, 3-fluoropropoxy group, 3,3,3-trifluoropropoxy group, 3-chloropropoxy group, 4-fluorobutoxy group, 4,4,4 -Trifluorobutoxy group, 5-fluoropentyloxy group, 5,5,5-trifluoropentyloxy group, 6-fur B hexyloxy group or may be a 6,6,6-trifluoro-hexyloxy group, preferably a halogeno (C ₁ -C ₄ alkoxy) group, more preferably a halogeno (C ₁ -C ₄ alkoxy) group (the halogeno group represents 1 to 7 groups selected from the group consisting of a fluoro group and a chloro group), and more preferably a halogeno (C ₁ -C ₂ alkoxy) group ( The halogeno group is 1 to 5 groups selected from the group consisting of a fluoro group and a chloro group), and more preferably a trifluoromethoxy group, a 2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy group. Or a pentafluoroethoxy group, and most preferably a trifluoromethoxy group. Further, halogeno (C ₁ -C ₆ alkoxy) group with 1 in R ² is preferably halogeno (C ₁ -C ₅ alkoxy) group, more preferably a halogeno (C ₁ -C ₄ alkoxy) group, and more preferably a halogeno (C ₁ -C ₄ alkoxy) group (wherein the halogeno group represents 1 to 7 groups selected from the group consisting of a fluoro group and a chloro group) And even more preferably, a halogeno (C ₂ -C ₄ alkoxy) group (wherein the halogeno group represents 1 to 7 groups selected from the group consisting of a fluoro group and a chloro group).

“C ₁ -C ₆ alkylthio group” refers to a mercapto group substituted with one of the above C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl groups, for example, methylthio group, ethylthio group, 1-propylthio group, 2-propylthio group, 1 -Butylthio group, 2-butylthio group, 2-methyl-1-propylthio group, 2-methyl-2-propylthio group, 1-pentylthio group, 2-pentylthio group, 3-pentylthio group, 2-methyl-2-butylthio group 3-methyl-2-butylthio group, 1-hexylthio group, 2-hexylthio group, 3-hexylthio group, 2-methyl-1-pentylthio group, 3-methyl-1-pentylthio group, 2-ethyl-1-butylthio group, 2,2-dimethyl-1-butylthio group, or, can be a 2,3-dimethyl-1-butylthio group, preferably, C ₁ -C ₄ alkylthio groups der , More preferably a C ₁ -C ₂ alkylthio group, and most preferably a methylthio group. In addition, the C ₁ -C ₆ alkylthio group in one of R ² is preferably a C ₁ -C ₅ alkylthio group, more preferably a C ₁ -C ₄ alkylthio group, and further preferably in is a C ₂ -C ₄ alkylthio group.

“C ₁ -C ₆ alkylsulfinyl group” refers to a sulfinyl group (—SO—) substituted with one of the above C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl groups, for example, methylsulfinyl group, ethylsulfinyl group, 1-propyl Sulfinyl group, 2-propylsulfinyl group, 1-butylsulfinyl group, 2-butylsulfinyl group, 2-methyl-1-propylsulfinyl group, 2-methyl-2-propylsulfinyl group, 1-pentylsulfinyl group, 2-pentyl Sulfinyl group, 3-pentylsulfinyl group, 2-methyl-2-butylsulfinyl group, 3-methyl-2-butylsulfinyl group, 1-hexylsulfinyl group, 2-hexylsulfinyl group, 3-hexylsulfinyl group, 2-methyl -1-pentylsulfinyl group, 3-methyl-1-pentylsulfy Group, 2-ethyl-1-butyl sulfinyl group, 2,2-dimethyl-1-butyl sulfinyl group, or may be a 2,3-dimethyl-1-butylsulfinyl group, preferably, C ₁ -C a ₄ alkylsulfinyl group, more preferably a C ₁ -C ₂ alkylsulfinyl group, and most preferably a methylsulfinyl group. Further, the C ₁ -C ₆ alkylsulfinyl group in one of R ² is preferably a C ₁ -C ₅ alkylsulfinyl group, and more preferably a C ₁ -C ₄ alkylsulfinyl group. , more preferably a C ₂ -C ₄ alkylsulfinyl group.

“C ₁ -C ₆ alkylsulfonyl group” refers to a sulfonyl group (—SO ₂ —) substituted with one of the above C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl groups, and includes, for example, a methanesulfonyl group, an ethanesulfonyl group, 1- Propanesulfonyl group, 2-propanesulfonyl group, 1-butanesulfonyl group, 2-butanesulfonyl group, 2-methyl-1-propanesulfonyl group, 2-methyl-2-propanesulfonyl group, 1-pentanesulfonyl group, 2- Pentanesulfonyl group, 3-pentanesulfonyl group, 2-methyl-2-butanesulfonyl group, 3-methyl-2-butanesulfonyl group, 1-hexanesulfonyl group, 2-hexanesulfonyl group, 3-hexanesulfonyl group, 2- Methyl-1-pentanesulfonyl group, 3-methyl-1-pentanesulfonyl group, 2-ethyl-1-butanesulfonyl Group, 2,2-dimethyl-1-butanesulfonyl group or a 2,3-dimethyl-1-butanesulfonyl be a group, preferably a C ₁ -C ₄ alkylsulfonyl group, more preferably the a C ₁ -C ₂ alkylsulfonyl group, and most preferably a methanesulfonyl group. The C ₁ -C ₆ alkylsulfonyl group in one of R ² and R ^8a is preferably a C ₁ -C ₅ alkylsulfonyl group, more preferably a C ₁ -C ₄ alkylsulfonyl group. More preferably a C ₂ -C ₄ alkylsulfonyl group.

“C ₁ -C ₆ alkylamino group” refers to an amino group substituted by one of the above C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl groups, for example, methylamino group, ethylamino group, 1-propylamino group, 2- Propylamino group, 1-butylamino group, 2-butylamino group, 2-methyl-1-propylamino group, 2-methyl-2-propylamino group, 1-pentylamino group, 2-pentylamino group, 3- It may be a pentylamino group, a 1-hexylamino group, a 2-hexylamino group, or a 3-hexylamino group, preferably a C ₁ -C ₄ alkylamino group, more preferably a C _1- a C ₂ alkyl group, most preferably a methylamino group. Further, the C ₁ -C ₆ alkylamino group in one of R ² is preferably a C ₁ -C ₅ alkylamino group, and more preferably a C ₁ -C ₄ alkylamino group. , more preferably a C ₂ -C ₄ alkylamino group.

“Di (C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl) amino group” refers to an amino group substituted by the same or different two C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl groups, and includes, for example, dimethylamino group, methylethylamino group, methyl group Propylamino group [for example, N-methyl-N- (1-propyl) amino group and the like], methylbutylamino group [for example, N- (1-butyl) -N-methylamino group and the like], methylpentylamino group, Methylhexylamino group, diethylamino group, ethylpropylamino group [for example, N-ethyl-N- (1-propyl) amino group, etc.], ethylbutylamino group, dipropylamino group, propylbutylamino group, dibutylamino group, It may be a dipentylamino group or a dihexylamino group, preferably a di (C ₁ -C ₄ alkyl) amino group, and more preferably a di (C ₁ -C ₂ alkyl) amino group. A mino group, most preferably a dimethylamino group. Further, the di (C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl) amino group in one of R ² is preferably a di (C ₁ -C ₅ alkyl) amino group, more preferably di (C ₁ -C ₄ alkyl) amino group, more preferably a di (C ₂ -C ₄ alkyl) amino group.

“(C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl) carbonylamino group” refers to an amino group substituted with one of the following (C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl) carbonyl groups, for example, methylcarbonylamino group, ethylcarbonylamino group, 1-propylcarbonylamino group, 2-propylcarbonylamino group, 1-butylcarbonylamino group, 2-butylcarbonylamino group, 2-methyl-1-propylcarbonylamino group, 2-methyl-2-propylcarbonylamino group, 1-pentylcarbonylamino group, 2-pentylcarbonylamino group, 3-pentylcarbonylamino group, 2-methyl-2-butylcarbonylamino group, 3-methyl-2-butylcarbonylamino group, 1-hexylcarbonylamino group, 2-hexylcarbonylamino group, 3-hexylcarbonylamino group, 2- Til-1-pentylcarbonylamino group, 3-methyl-1-pentylcarbonylamino group, 2-ethyl-1-butylcarbonylamino group, 2,2-dimethyl-1-butylcarbonylamino group, or 2,3- A dimethyl-1-butylcarbonylamino group, preferably a (C ₁ -C ₄ alkyl) carbonylamino group, more preferably a (C ₁ -C ₂ alkyl) carbonylamino group, A methylcarbonylamino group is preferred. Further, (C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl) carbonylamino group with 1 in R ² is preferably a (C ₁ -C ₅ alkyl) carbonylamino group, more preferably is (C ₁ - C ₄ alkyl) carbonylamino group, more preferably (C ₂ -C ₄ alkyl) carbonylamino group.

“(C ₁ -C ₆ alkoxy) carbonylamino group” refers to an amino group substituted with one of the following (C ₁ -C ₆ alkoxy) carbonyl groups, for example, methoxycarbonylamino group, ethoxycarbonylamino group, 1-propoxycarbonylamino group, 2-propoxycarbonylamino group, 1-butoxycarbonylamino group, 2-butoxycarbonylamino group, 2-methyl-1-propoxycarbonylamino group, 2-methyl-2-propoxycarbonylamino group, 1-pentyloxycarbonylamino group, 2-pentyloxycarbonylamino group, 3-pentyloxycarbonylamino group, 2-methyl-2-butoxycarbonylamino group, 3-methyl-2-butoxycarbonylamino group, 1-hexyloxy Carbonylamino group, 2-hexyloxyca Bonylamino group, 3-hexyloxycarbonylamino group, 2-methyl-1-pentyloxycarbonylamino group, 3-methyl-1-pentyloxycarbonylamino group, 2-ethyl-1-butoxycarbonylamino group, 2,2- It may be a dimethyl-1-butoxycarbonylamino group or a 2,3-dimethyl-1-butoxycarbonylamino group, preferably a (C ₁ -C ₄ alkoxy) carbonylamino group, more preferably (C ₁ -C ₂ alkoxy) carbonylamino group, most preferably methoxycarbonylamino group. Further, (C ₁ -C ₆ alkoxy) carbonylamino group with 1 in R ² is preferably a (C ₁ -C ₅ alkoxy) carbonylamino group, more preferably is (C ₁ - a C ₄ alkoxy) carbonylamino group, more preferably a (C ₂ -C ₄ alkoxy) carbonyl amino group.

“C ₁ -C ₆ alkylsulfonylamino group” means an amino group substituted with one of the above C ₁ -C ₆ alkylsulfonyl groups, for example, methanesulfonylamino group, ethanesulfonylamino group, 1-propanesulfonyl Amino group, 2-propanesulfonylamino group, 1-butanesulfonylamino group, 2-butanesulfonylamino group, 2-methyl-1-propanesulfonylamino group, 2-methyl-2-propanesulfonylamino group, 1-pentanesulfonyl Amino group, 2-pentanesulfonylamino group, 3-pentanesulfonylamino group, 2-methyl-2-butanesulfonylamino group, 3-methyl-2-butanesulfonylamino group, 1-hexanesulfonylamino group, 2-hexanesulfonyl Amino group, 3-hexanesulfonylamino group, 2-methyl Ru-1-pentanesulfonylamino group, 3-methyl-1-pentanesulfonylamino group, 2-ethyl-1-butanesulfonylamino group, 2,2-dimethyl-1-butanesulfonylamino group, or 2,3- It is a dimethyl-1-butane sulfonyl group, preferably a C ₁ -C ₄ alkylsulfonylamino group, more preferably a C ₁ -C ₂ alkylsulfonylamino group, and most preferably, A methanesulfonylamino group; In addition, the C ₁ -C ₆ alkylsulfonylamino group in one of R ² is preferably a C ₁ -C ₅ alkylsulfonylamino group, and more preferably a C ₁ -C ₄ alkylsulfonylamino group. a group, more preferably a C ₂ -C ₄ alkylsulfonylamino group.

“(C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl) carbonyl group” means a carbonyl group substituted by one of the above C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl groups, for example, methylcarbonyl group (acetyl group), ethylcarbonyl group, 1- Propylcarbonyl group, 2-propylcarbonyl group, 1-butylcarbonyl group, 2-butylcarbonyl group, 2-methyl-1-propylcarbonyl group, 2-methyl-2-propylcarbonyl group, 1-pentylcarbonyl group, 2- Pentylcarbonyl group, 3-pentylcarbonyl group, 2-methyl-2-butylcarbonyl group, 3-methyl-2-butylcarbonyl group, 1-hexylcarbonyl group, 2-hexylcarbonyl group, 3-hexylcarbonyl group, 2- Methyl-1-pentylcarbonyl group, 3-methyl-1-pentylcarbonyl group, 2-ethyl-1-butyl carbonate Boniru group, 2,2-dimethyl-1-butyl group, or, can be a 2,3-dimethyl-1-butyl group, preferably a (C ₁ -C ₄ alkyl) carbonyl group, more Preferred is a (C ₁ -C ₂ alkyl) carbonyl group, and most preferred is a methylcarbonyl group. In addition, one of R ² and the (C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl) carbonyl group in R ^8a is preferably a (C ₁ -C ₅ alkyl) carbonyl group, and more preferably (C ₁ -C ₄ alkyl) carbonyl group, more preferably a (C ₂ -C ₄ alkyl) carbonyl group.

“(C ₁ -C ₆ alkoxy) carbonyl group” refers to a carbonyl group substituted by one of the above C ₁ -C ₆ alkoxy groups, for example, a methoxycarbonyl group, an ethoxycarbonyl group, a 1-propoxycarbonyl group, 2-propoxycarbonyl group, 1-butoxycarbonyl group, 2-butoxycarbonyl group, 2-methyl-1-propoxycarbonyl group, 2-methyl-2-propoxycarbonyl group, 1-pentyloxycarbonyl group, 2-pentyloxycarbonyl Group, 3-pentyloxycarbonyl group, 2-methyl-2-butoxycarbonyl group, 3-methyl-2-butoxycarbonyl group, 1-hexyloxycarbonyl group, 2-hexyloxycarbonyl group, 3-hexyloxycarbonyl group, 2-methyl-1-pentyloxycarbonyl group, 3-methyl 1-pentyloxycarbonyl group, 2-ethyl-1-butoxycarbonyl group, 2,2-dimethyl-1-butoxycarbonyl group, or 2,3-dimethyl-1-butoxycarbonyl group, (C ₁ -C ₄ alkoxy) carbonyl group, more preferably (C ₁ -C ₂ alkoxy) carbonyl group, and most preferably methoxycarbonyl group. In addition, one of R ² and the (C ₁ -C ₆ alkoxy) carbonyl group in R ^8a is preferably a (C ₁ -C ₅ alkoxy) carbonyl group, and more preferably (C ₁ -C ₄ alkoxy) carbonyl group, more preferably a (C ₂ -C ₄ alkoxy) carbonyl group.

“(C ₁ -C ₆ alkylamino) carbonyl group” refers to a carbonyl group substituted by _one C ₁ -C ₆ alkylamino group, for example, methylaminocarbonyl group, ethylaminocarbonyl group, 1- Propylaminocarbonyl group, 2-propylaminocarbonyl group, 1-butylaminocarbonyl group, 2-butylaminocarbonyl group, 2-methyl-1-propylaminocarbonyl group, 2-methyl-2-propylaminocarbonyl group, 1- It may be a pentylaminocarbonyl group, 2-pentylaminocarbonyl group, 3-pentylaminocarbonyl group, 1-hexylaminocarbonyl group, 2-hexylaminocarbonyl group, or 3-hexylaminocarbonyl group. C ₁ -C ₄ alkylamino) carbonyl group, more preferably, (C ₁ A C ₂ alkylamino) carbonyl group, and most preferably a methylaminocarbonyl group. In addition, one of R ² and the (C ₁ -C ₆ alkylamino) carbonyl group in R ^8a is preferably a (C ₁ -C ₅ alkylamino) carbonyl group, more preferably ( A C ₁ -C ₄ alkylamino) carbonyl group, and more preferably a (C ₂ -C ₄ alkylamino) carbonyl group.

“Di (C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl) aminocarbonyl group” refers to a carbonyl group substituted with _one di (C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl) amino group, for example, dimethylaminocarbonyl group, methylethylamino A carbonyl group, a methylpropylaminocarbonyl group [for example, N-methyl-N- (1-propyl) aminocarbonyl group and the like], a methylbutylaminocarbonyl group [for example, N- (1-butyl) -N-methylaminocarbonyl group Etc.], methylpentylaminocarbonyl group, methylhexylaminocarbonyl group, diethylaminocarbonyl group, ethylpropylaminocarbonyl group [for example, N-ethyl-N- (1-propyl) aminocarbonyl group etc.], ethylbutylaminocarbonyl group, Dipropylaminocarbonyl group, propylbutylaminocarbonyl group, dibutyla It may be a minocarbonyl group, a dipentylaminocarbonyl group or a dihexylaminocarbonyl group, preferably a di (C ₁ -C ₄ alkyl) aminocarbonyl group, more preferably a di (C ₁ -C ₂ ) group. Alkyl) aminocarbonyl group, and most preferably dimethylaminocarbonyl group. The di (C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl) aminocarbonyl group in one of R ² and R ^8a is preferably a di (C ₁ -C ₅ alkyl) aminocarbonyl group, more preferably , A di (C ₁ -C ₄ alkyl) aminocarbonyl group, and more preferably a di (C ₂ -C ₄ alkyl) aminocarbonyl group.

“(C ₁ -C ₆ alkylamino) sulfonyl” refers to a sulfonyl group (—SO ₂ —) substituted with _one C ₁ -C ₆ alkylamino group, for example, a (methylamino) sulfonyl group , (Ethylamino) sulfonyl group, (1-propylamino) sulfonyl group, (2-propylamino) sulfonyl group, (1-butylamino) sulfonyl group, (2-butylamino) sulfonyl group, (2-methyl-1 -Propylamino) sulfonyl group, (2-methyl-2-propylamino) sulfonyl group, (1-pentylamino) sulfonyl group, (2-pentylamino) sulfonyl group, (3-pentylamino) sulfonyl group, (1- Hexylamino) sulfonyl group, (2-hexylamino) sulfonyl group, or (3-hexylamino) sulfonyl group, preferably (C ₁ -C ₄ alkylamino) sulfonyl A group, more preferably a (C ₁ -C ₂ alkylamino) sulfonyl group, and most preferably a (methylamino) sulfonyl group. In addition, one of R ² and the (C ₁ -C ₆ alkylamino) sulfonyl group in R ^8a is preferably a (C ₁ -C ₅ alkylamino) sulfonyl group, more preferably ( A C ₁ -C ₄ alkylamino) sulfonyl group, and more preferably a (C ₂ -C ₄ alkylamino) sulfonyl group.

“Di (C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl) aminosulfonyl group” refers to a sulfonyl group (—SO ₂ —) substituted with _one di (C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl) amino group as described above, for example, (dimethyl Amino) sulfonyl group, (methylethylamino) sulfonyl group, (methylpropylamino) sulfonyl group [eg, [N-methyl-N- (1-propyl) amino] sulfonyl group and the like], (methylbutylamino) sulfonyl group [ For example, [N- (1-butyl) -N-methylamino] sulfonyl group and the like], (methylpentylamino) sulfonyl group, (methylhexylamino) sulfonyl group, (diethylamino) sulfonyl group, (ethylpropylamino) sulfonyl group [For example, [N-ethyl-N- (1-propyl) amino] sulfonyl group, etc.], (ethylbutylamino) sulfonyl group, (dipropylamino) sulfonyl group, (propylbutylamino) Roh) sulfonyl group, (dibutylamino) sulfonyl group, (dipentylamino) sulfonyl group, or, (can be a dihexylamino) sulfonyl group, preferably a di (C ₁ -C ₄ alkyl) aminosulfonyl group, More preferred is a di (C ₁ -C ₂ alkyl) aminosulfonyl group, and most preferred is a (dimethylamino) sulfonyl group. Further, the di (C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl) aminosulfonyl group in one of R ² and R ^8a is preferably a di (C ₁ -C ₅ alkyl) aminosulfonyl group, more preferably , A di (C ₁ -C ₄ alkyl) aminosulfonyl group, and more preferably a di (C ₂ -C ₄ alkyl) aminosulfonyl group.

m and n represent the numbers of R ² and R ³ , respectively. m represents 0, 1, 2, or 3, preferably 0, 1, or 2, more preferably 1 or 2, and most preferably 1. n represents 0 or 1. Preferably, n is 0 when m is 1 or 2, and n is 1 when m is 0. When m is 3, n is 0.

  X is an atom that forms A, and represents a carbon atom or a nitrogen atom, and is preferably a carbon atom.

In general formula (I), formula (III)

The group having is preferably the formula (III-1) or (III-2)

And more preferably a group having the formula (III-3), (III-4), or (III-5)

More preferably a group having the formula (III-3) or (III-4), and most preferably a group having the formula (III-3).

  In the general formula (I), the group having the above formula (III) is preferably a group having the formula (III-6), (III-7), or (III-8)

More preferably a group having the formula (III-6) or (III-7), and most preferably a group having the formula (III-6).

  The compound having the general formula (I) of the present invention has an acidic group and can be combined with a base to form a salt, and these salts are included in the present invention. These salts can be, for example, metal salts, inorganic amine salts, organic amine salts, or amino acid salts. Metal salts include, for example, alkali metal salts such as sodium salt, potassium salt and lithium salt; alkaline earth metal salts such as calcium salt and magnesium salt; aluminum salt; iron salt; zinc salt; copper salt; It can be a cobalt salt. The inorganic amine salt can be, for example, an ammonium salt. The organic amine salt can be, for example, a morpholine salt, glucosamine salt, ethylenediamine salt, guanidine salt, diethylamine salt, triethylamine salt, dicyclohexylamine salt, diethanolamine salt, piperazine salt, or tetramethylammonium salt. The amino acid salt can be, for example, a glycine salt, a lysine salt, an arginine salt, an ornithine salt, a glutamate salt, or an aspartate salt.

  When the compound having the general formula (I) of the present invention has a basic group, it can be combined with an acid to form a salt, and these salts are included in the present invention. These salts can be, for example, inorganic acid salts, organic acid salts, or sulfonate salts. The inorganic acid salt can be, for example, hydrochloride, hydrobromide, sulfate, nitrate, or phosphate. The organic acid salt can be, for example, acetate, oxalate, malonate, fumarate, maleate, phthalate, or trifluoroacetate. Examples of the sulfonate include methanesulfonate, benzenesulfonate, p-toluenesulfonate, 2,4-dimethylbenzenesulfonate, 2,4,6-trimethylbenzenesulfonate, and 4-ethylbenzenesulfone. It can be an acid salt or naphthalene sulfonate.

  The compounds having the general formula (I) of the present invention or pharmacologically acceptable salts thereof can form hydrates or solvates, each of which or a mixture thereof is included in the present invention.

  When the compound having the general formula (I) of the present invention or a pharmacologically acceptable salt thereof has at least one asymmetric center, carbon-carbon double bond, etc., optical isomers (including enantiomers and diastereomers) ) Or geometric isomers, and these isomers and mixtures thereof are described in a single formula such as formula (I). The present invention includes these isomers and mixtures thereof in any proportion (including racemates).

The compound having the general formula (I) of the present invention or a pharmacologically acceptable salt thereof forms an isotope compound in which one or more atoms constituting the compound are substituted with isotope atoms in an unnatural ratio. Can do. Isotope atoms can be radioactive or non-radioactive, such as deuterium ( ² H; D), tritium ( ³ H; T), carbon-14 ( ¹⁴ C), iodine-125 ( ¹²⁵ I), and the like. . A compound labeled with a radioactive isotope atom can be used as a therapeutic or prophylactic agent for a disease, a research reagent (eg, an assay reagent), a diagnostic agent (eg, a diagnostic imaging agent), and the like. The present invention includes radioactive or non-radioactive isotope compounds.

  The compound having the general formula (I) of the present invention can be produced according to the following methods A to T. Hereinafter, the compound having the general formula (I) is also referred to as a compound (I). The same applies to other expressions.

In the structural formulas of the compounds of methods A to T, R ⁴ , R ⁵ , R ⁶ , R ^7, and B are as defined in formula (I), and B ^a is a hydroxy group in B And B ^b represents a portion of B ² excluding a hydroxy group from a group having a hydroxy group, and R ^a represents the same meaning as R ² or R ^3. (excluding the group can not be attached to the nitrogen atom), R ^b and R ^c, and R ² or R ³ the same meaning, R ^d is a combined methylene group attached to R ^d R ² or R ³ has the same meaning as R ³ , R ^e represents a hydrogen atom or a lower alkyl group, R ^f is selected from the substituent group α, and is used for a carbon-carbon bond forming reaction in the presence of a palladium catalyst. obtaining group (e.g., vinyl group, cyclopropyl group and the like) indicates, R ^g and R ^h, Germany And represents a group selected from Substituent group alpha, R ⁱ is a hydrogen atom or a fluorine atom, X ^a is chloro group, bromo group, iodo group, a methanesulfonyloxy group or,, p-toluene Represents a sulfonyloxy group, X ^b represents a bromo group, an iodo group or a trifluoromethanesulfonyloxy group, Aly represents an allyl group, Bn represents a benzyl group, and Boc represents a tert-butoxycarbonyl group TBu represents a 2-methyl-2-propyl group, and PMB represents a p-methoxybenzyl group.

  In the reaction of each step of the following methods A to T, when the compound serving as a reaction substrate has a group that inhibits the reaction such as an amino group, a hydroxy group, or a carboxy group, protection to those groups is performed as necessary. The introduction of the group and the removal of the introduced protecting group may be performed. Such a protecting group is not particularly limited as long as it is a commonly used protecting group, and is described in, for example, TW Greene, PG Wuts, Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis. Third Edition, 1999, John Wiley & Sons, Inc. It can be a protecting group. The reaction for introduction and removal of these protecting groups can be carried out according to well-known methods such as those described in the above-mentioned literature.

  The solvent used in the reaction in each step of the following methods A to T is not particularly limited as long as it does not inhibit the reaction and partially dissolves the starting material. For example, the solvent is selected from the following solvent group. Solvent groups include aliphatic hydrocarbons such as hexane, pentane, petroleum ether, and cyclohexane; aromatic hydrocarbons such as benzene, toluene, and xylene; methylene chloride, chloroform, carbon tetrachloride, dichloroethane, chlorobenzene, and dichlorobenzene. Halogenated hydrocarbons such as: ethers such as diethyl ether, diisopropyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, dioxane, dimethoxyethane, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether; ketones such as acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone, cyclohexanone; ethyl acetate, propyl acetate Esters such as butyl acetate; Nitriles such as acetonitrile, propionitrile, butyronitrile, and isobutyronitrile; such as acetic acid and propionic acid Rubonic acids; alcohols such as methanol, ethanol, 1-propanol, 2-propanol, 1-butanol, 2-butanol, 2-methyl-1-propanol, 2-methyl-2-propanol; formamide, dimethylformamide, dimethyl Amides such as acetamide, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone and hexamethylphosphorotriamide; sulfoxides such as dimethyl sulfoxide and sulfolane; water; and mixtures thereof.

  The acid used in the reaction in each step of the following methods A to T is not particularly limited as long as it does not inhibit the reaction, and is selected from the following acid group. Acid groups include inorganic acids such as hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, hydroiodic acid, phosphoric acid, sulfuric acid, nitric acid, organic acids such as acetic acid, propionic acid, trifluoroacetic acid, pentafluoropropionic acid, and methane It consists of organic sulfonic acids such as sulfonic acid, trifluoromethanesulfonic acid, p-toluenesulfonic acid, camphorsulfonic acid.

  The base used in the reaction of each step of the following methods A to T is not particularly limited as long as it does not inhibit the reaction, and is selected from the following base group. Base groups include alkali metal carbonates such as lithium carbonate, sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate and cesium carbonate; alkali metal bicarbonates such as lithium hydrogen carbonate, sodium hydrogen carbonate and potassium hydrogen carbonate; lithium hydroxide and sodium hydroxide Alkali metal hydroxides such as potassium hydroxide; alkaline earth metal hydroxides such as calcium hydroxide and barium hydroxide; alkali metal hydrides such as lithium hydride, sodium hydride and potassium hydride; Alkali metal amides such as lithium amide, sodium amide, potassium amide; Lithium methoxide, sodium methoxide, sodium ethoxide, alkali metal alkoxides such as sodium tert-butoxide, potassium tert-butoxide; Lithium such as lithium diisopropylamide Silylamides such as lithium bistrimethylsilylamide and sodium bistrimethylsilylamide; alkyllithiums such as n-butyllithium, sec-butyllithium and tert-butyllithium; and triethylamine, tributylamine, diisopropylethylamine, N- Methylpiperidine, N-methylmorpholine, N-ethylmorpholine, pyridine, picoline, 4- (N, N-dimethylamino) pyridine, 4-pyrrolidinopyridine, 2,6-di (tert-butyl) -4-methylpyridine , Quinoline, N, N-dimethylaniline, N, N-diethylaniline, 1,5-diazabicyclo [4,3,0] non-5-ene (DBN), 1,4-diazabicyclo [2,2,2] Octane (DABCO), 1,8-diazabicyclo [5,4,0] undec-7-ene (DBU) ).

  In the reaction of each step from Method A to Method T below, the reaction temperature varies depending on the solvent, starting material, reagent, and the like, and the reaction time varies depending on the solvent, starting material, reagent, reaction temperature, and the like.

  In the reaction in each step of the following methods A to T, the target compound in each step is isolated from the reaction mixture according to a well-known method after completion of the reaction. The target compound is extracted, for example, by (i) removing insoluble matters such as a catalyst as necessary, and (ii) adding water and a solvent immiscible with water (for example, ethyl acetate) to the reaction mixture. (Iii) The organic layer is washed with water, dried using a drying agent such as anhydrous magnesium sulfate, and (iv) the solvent is distilled off. The obtained target compound can be purified according to known methods such as recrystallization, reprecipitation, and silica gel column chromatography, if necessary. In addition, the target compound in each step can be directly used in the next reaction without purification.

(Method A)
Method A is a method for producing compound (Ia) or (Ib) included in compound (I).
(Step A-1)
Step A-1 is a step of reacting compound (1) with compound (2) in the presence of a base. Compound (1) and compound (2) are known or can be easily produced from known compounds.
The base used is preferably an organic amine, most preferably triethylamine. In step A-1, an excessive amount of compound (2) may be used instead of the base.
The solvent used is preferably an ether, and more preferably diethyl ether or t-butyl methyl ether.
The reaction temperature is preferably -20 to 50 ° C.
The reaction time is preferably 30 minutes to 24 hours.

(Step A-2)
Step A-2 is a step of reacting compound (3) with compound (4). Compound (4) is known or can be easily produced from a known compound.
The solvent used is preferably an ether, most preferably tetrahydrofuran.
The reaction temperature is preferably −20 to 100 ° C.
The reaction time is preferably 30 minutes to 24 hours.

(Step A-3)
Step A-3 is a step of treating the compound obtained in Step A-2 with a base.
The base used is preferably an alkali metal hydride, most preferably sodium hydride.
The solvent used is preferably an ether, most preferably tetrahydrofuran.
The reaction temperature is preferably −20 to 100 ° C.
The reaction time is preferably 30 minutes to 12 hours.

(Step A-4)
Step A-4 is a step of treating compound (5) with an acid.
The acid used is preferably hydrochloric acid.
The solvent used is preferably an ether, and most preferably 1,4-dioxane.
The reaction temperature is preferably −20 to 150 ° C.
The reaction time is preferably 30 minutes to 12 hours.

(Step A-5)
Step A-5 is a step of reacting compound (6) with compound (7a) in the presence of a condensing agent and a base. Compound (7a) is known, can be easily produced from a known compound, or can be produced by Method I, Method J or Method K.
The condensing agent to be used is not limited as long as it can be used for the amidation reaction of a carboxy group, and preferably O- (7-azabenzotriazol-1-yl) -N, N, N ′, Tetramethyl such as N'-tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate (HATU), O- (benzotriazol-1-yl) -N, N, N ', N'-tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate (HBTU) A uronium compound, most preferably O- (7-azabenzotriazol-1-yl) -N, N, N ′, N′-tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate.
The base used is preferably an organic amine, most preferably triethylamine.
The solvent used is preferably an amide, most preferably dimethylformamide.
The reaction temperature is preferably −20 to 100 ° C.
The reaction time is preferably 5 minutes to 6 hours.

(Step A-6)
Step A-6 is a step of hydrolyzing compound (8) in the presence of a base.
The base used is preferably an alkali metal hydroxide, more preferably lithium hydroxide or sodium hydroxide.
The solvent used is preferably an ether, alcohol, or a mixture thereof, more preferably tetrahydrofuran, methanol, or a mixture thereof, most preferably tetrahydrofuran and methanol. It is a mixture. Step A-6 is performed in the presence of water.
The reaction temperature is preferably −20 to 100 ° C.
The reaction time is preferably 30 minutes to 12 hours.

(Step A-7)
Step A-7 is a step of converting a methoxy group in compound (Ia) into a hydroxy group.
The reagent used is not particularly limited as long as it can convert a methoxy group into a hydroxy group, and is preferably a boron halide such as boron trifluoride, boron trichloride, boron tribromide, or iodine. Trimethylsilyl chloride, and most preferably boron tribromide.
The solvent used is preferably a halogenated hydrocarbon, most preferably methylene chloride.
The reaction temperature is preferably −20 to 100 ° C.
The reaction time is preferably 30 minutes to 12 hours.
In Method A, compound (7) instead of compound (7a)

By using the compound (Im) included in the compound (I)

Can be manufactured.

(Method B)
Method B is a method for producing compound (Ib) included in compound (I).
(Step B-1)
Step B-1 is a step of reacting compound (5) with compound (9) in the presence of a base. Compound (9) is known or can be easily produced from a known compound.
B-1 process can be performed according to the method similar to A-5 process.

(Step B-2)
Step B-2 is a step of removing the p-methoxybenzyl group of compound (10) by treating compound (10) with a silane compound in the presence of an acid.
The silane compound used is not limited as long as it can remove the p-methoxybenzyl group, and is preferably a trialkylsilane, and most preferably triethylsilane.
The acid used is preferably an organic acid, most preferably trifluoroacetic acid.
The solvent used is preferably a halogenated hydrocarbon, most preferably methylene chloride.
The reaction temperature is preferably -20 to 50 ° C.
The reaction time is preferably 30 minutes to 12 hours.

(Step B-3)
Step B-3 is a step of hydrolyzing the compound obtained in Step B-2 in the presence of a base.
B-3 process can be performed according to the method similar to A-6 process.

(Method C)
Method C is a method for producing compound (Ic) or (Id) included in compound (I).
(Step C-1)
Step C-1 is a step of reacting compound (11) with aminoacetonitrile in the presence of a base. Compound (11) is known or can be easily produced from a known compound.
The base used is preferably an organic amine, most preferably triethylamine.
The solvent used is preferably an alcohol, and most preferably ethanol.
The reaction temperature is preferably 0 to 150 ° C.
The reaction time is preferably 30 minutes to 6 hours.

(Step C-2)
Step C-2 is a step of treating compound (12) with a base.
The base used is preferably an alkali metal alkoxide, most preferably sodium ethoxide.
The solvent used is preferably an alcohol, and most preferably ethanol.
The reaction temperature is preferably 0 to 100 ° C.
The reaction time is preferably 6 hours to 3 days.
In step C-2, compound (13) can also be obtained as a free amine.

(Step C-3)
Step C-3 is a step of reacting compound (13) with ditert-butyl dicarbonate in the presence of a base.
The base used is preferably an organic amine, most preferably a mixture of triethylamine and 4- (N, N-dimethylamino) pyridine.
The solvent used is preferably a halogenated hydrocarbon, most preferably methylene chloride.
The reaction temperature is preferably -20 to 50 ° C.
The reaction time is preferably 30 minutes to 24 hours.

(Step C-4)
Step C-4 is a step of reacting compound (14) with compound (15) in the presence of a base. Compound (15) is known or can be easily produced from a known compound.
The base used is preferably an alkali metal hydride, most preferably sodium hydride.
The solvent used is preferably a nitrile or amide, more preferably acetonitrile or dimethylformamide.
The reaction temperature is preferably −20 to 100 ° C.
The reaction time is preferably 5 minutes to 2 hours.

(Step C-5)
Step C-5 is a step of treating compound (16) with an acid to remove the tert-butoxycarbonyl group of compound (16).
The acid used is preferably an organic solvent solution of hydrogen chloride, most preferably a hydrogen chloride-ethyl acetate solution.
The solvent used is preferably an ester, most preferably ethyl acetate.
The reaction temperature is preferably 0 to 50 ° C.
The reaction time is preferably 30 minutes to 12 hours.
In step C-5, compound (17) can also be obtained as a free amine.

(Step C-6)
Step C-6 is a step of reacting compound (17) with compound (7a) in the presence of a base.
Step C-6 can be performed according to the same method as step A-5.

(Step C-7)
Step C-7 is a step of hydrolyzing compound (18) in the presence of a base.
Step C-7 can be performed according to the same method as step A-6.

(Step C-8)
Step C-8 is a step of converting a methoxy group in compound (Ic) to a hydroxy group.
Step C-8 can be performed according to the same method as step A-7.

Production of compound (Id) from compound (17) in Method C can also be carried out according to the same method as Method B using Compound (9).
In method C, compound (In) included in compound (I) is obtained by using compound (7) instead of compound (7a).

Can be manufactured.

(Method D)
Method D is a method for producing compound (Ie) or (If) included in compound (I).
(Process D-1)
Step D-1 is a step of reacting compound (19) with compound (2) in the presence of an acid. Compound (19) is known or can be easily produced from a known compound.
The acid used is preferably an organic acid, most preferably acetic acid.
The solvent used is preferably an aromatic hydrocarbon, most preferably toluene.
The reaction temperature is preferably 0 to 150 ° C.
The reaction time is preferably 30 minutes to 12 hours.

(Step D-2)
Step D-2 is a step of reacting compound (20) with compound (21). Compound (21) can be produced by reacting vinyl acetate with bromine.
The solvent used is preferably an aromatic hydrocarbon, most preferably toluene.
The reaction temperature is preferably 0 to 150 ° C.
The reaction time is preferably 30 minutes to 12 hours.

(Step D-3)
Step D-3 is a step of treating compound (22) with nitric acid in the presence of acetic anhydride.
The solvent used is preferably acetic anhydride.
The reaction temperature is preferably -20 to 50 ° C.
The reaction time is preferably 30 minutes to 6 hours.

(Step D-4)
Step D-4 is a step of reducing compound (23) in the presence of a palladium catalyst and in a hydrogen atmosphere.
The palladium catalyst used is not particularly limited as long as it can be used in a reduction reaction under a hydrogen atmosphere, and is preferably palladium-carbon, palladium black, palladium hydroxide, palladium hydroxide-carbon, palladium- Palladium such as barium sulfate, platinum such as platinum oxide and platinum black, and more preferably palladium-carbon or palladium hydroxide-carbon.
The solvent used is preferably an alcohol, and most preferably ethanol.
The reaction temperature is preferably 0 to 100 ° C.
The reaction time is preferably 30 minutes to 12 hours.

(Process D-5)
Step D-5 is a step of reacting compound (24) with compound (7a) in the presence of a base.
D-5 process can be performed in accordance with the method similar to A-5 process.

(Step D-6)
Step D-6 is a step of hydrolyzing compound (25) in the presence of a base.
The step D-6 can be performed according to the same method as the step A-6.

(Step D-7)
Step D-7 is a step of converting a methoxy group in compound (Ie) into a hydroxy group.
The step D-7 can be performed according to the same method as the step A-7.

  Production of compound (If) from compound (24) in Method D can also be carried out according to the same method as Method B using Compound (9).

(E method)
Method E is a method for producing compound (Ig) or (Ih) included in compound (I).
(Step E-1)
Step E-1 is a step of reacting compound (26) with compound (27) in the presence of an aluminum compound. Compound (26) and compound (27) are known or can be easily produced from known compounds.
The aluminum compound to be used is not limited as long as it can be used in the Friedel-Crafts reaction, preferably aluminum halides such as aluminum chloride and aluminum bromide, and most preferably aluminum chloride. is there.
The solvent used is preferably a halogenated hydrocarbon, most preferably 1,2-dichloroethane.
The reaction temperature is preferably −20 to 150 ° C.
The reaction time is preferably 30 minutes to 12 hours.

(Step E-2)
Step E-2 is a step of reducing compound (28) with a silane compound in the presence of an acid.
The silane compound used is not limited as long as it can reduce the carbonyl group, and is preferably a trialkylsilane, and most preferably triethylsilane.
The acid used is preferably an organic acid, most preferably trifluoroacetic acid.
The solvent used is preferably trifluoroacetic acid.
The reaction temperature is preferably -20 to 50 ° C.
The reaction time is preferably 30 minutes to 24 hours.

(Step E-3)
Step E-3 is a step of reacting compound (29) with compound (30) in the presence of a base. Compound (30) can be produced by reacting N- (tert-butoxycarbonyl) hydroxylamine with 2,4,6-trimethylbenzenesulfonyl chloride to remove the tert-butoxycarbonyl group.
The base used is preferably an alkali metal hydride, most preferably sodium hydride.
The solvent used is preferably an amide, most preferably dimethylformamide.
The reaction temperature is preferably -20 to 50 ° C.
The reaction time is preferably 30 minutes to 12 hours.

(Step E-4)
Step E-4 is a step of hydrolyzing compound (31) in the presence of a base.
The base used is preferably an alkali metal hydroxide, most preferably sodium hydroxide.
The solvent used is preferably an alcohol, most preferably methanol. Step E-4 is performed in the presence of water.
The reaction temperature is preferably 0 to 100 ° C.
The reaction time is preferably 30 minutes to 24 hours.

(Step E-5)
Step E-5 is a step of reacting compound (32) with compound (9) in the presence of a base.
Step E-5 can be performed according to the same method as step A-5.

(Step E-6)
Step E-6 is a step of removing the p-methoxybenzyl group of compound (Ig) by treating compound (Ig) with a silane compound in the presence of an acid.
Step E-6 can be performed according to the same method as step B-2.

(F method)
Method F is a method for producing compound (Ii) or (Ij) included in compound (I).
(Step F-1)
Step F-1 is a step of reacting compound (33) with compound (15) in the presence of a base. Compound (33) is publicly known or can be easily produced from a publicly known compound.
F-1 process can be performed according to the method similar to C-4 process.

(Step F-2)
Step F-2 is a step of reacting compound (34) with compound (7a) in the presence of a base.
F-2 process can be performed according to the method similar to A-5 process.

(Step F-3)
Step F-3 is a step of hydrolyzing the compound (35) in the presence of a base.
F-3 process can be performed according to the method similar to A-6 process.

(Step F-4)
Step F-4 is a step of converting a methoxy group in compound (Ii) into a hydroxy group.
F-4 process can be performed according to the method similar to A-7 process.

Production of compound (Ij) from compound (34) in Method F can also be carried out according to the same method as Method B using Compound (9).
According to the same method as method F, instead of compound (33a) and compound (7a), compound (33)

Compound (I) can be produced by using Compound (7).

(G method)
Method G is a method for producing compound (Ij) included in compound (I).
(Step G-1)
Step G-1 is a step of reacting compound (33) with compound (36) in the presence of a base. Compound (36) is publicly known or can be easily produced from a publicly known compound.
G-1 process can be performed in accordance with the method similar to C-4 process.

(Step G-2)
Step G-2 is a step of reacting compound (37) with compound (7a) in the presence of a base.
G-2 process can be performed according to the method similar to A-5 process.

(Step G-3)
Step G-3 is a step of removing the benzyl group of compound (38) in the presence of a palladium catalyst and in a hydrogen atmosphere.
The palladium catalyst used is not particularly limited as long as it can be used for the removal reaction of the benzyl group under a hydrogen atmosphere, and is preferably palladium-carbon, palladium black, palladium hydroxide, palladium-barium sulfate. Palladium, or platinum such as platinum oxide or platinum black, and most preferably palladium hydroxide.
The solvent used is preferably acetic acid.
The reaction temperature is preferably 0 to 100 ° C.
The reaction time is preferably 30 minutes to 12 hours.

(Step G-4)
Step G-4 is a step of reacting compound (39) with compound (15) in the presence of a base.
G-4 process can be performed according to the method similar to C-4 process.

(Step G-5)
Step G-5 is a step of hydrolyzing compound (35) in the presence of a base.
G-5 process can be performed in accordance with the method similar to A-6 process.

(Step G-6)
Step G-6 is a step of converting a methoxy group in the compound obtained in Step G-5 to a hydroxy group.
G-6 process can be performed in accordance with the method similar to A-7 process.
In steps G-5 and G-6, compound (Ij) may be obtained by reacting compound (35) according to the same method as in step A-7.

(Method H)
Method H is a method for producing compound (Ik) included in compound (I).
(Process H-1)
Step H-1 is a step of esterifying compound (40) in the presence of an acid. Compound (40) is publicly known or can be easily produced from a publicly known compound.
The acid to be used is not particularly limited as long as it can be used for the esterification reaction of a carboxy group, preferably an inorganic acid, and most preferably sulfuric acid.
The solvent used is preferably methanol.
The reaction temperature is preferably 0 to 150 ° C.
The reaction time is preferably 30 minutes to 12 hours.

(Process H-2)
Step H-2 is a step of reacting compound (41) with compound (15) in the presence of a base.
Step H-2 can be performed according to the same method as step C-4.

(Process H-3)
Step H-3 is a step of reducing compound (42) in the presence of a palladium catalyst and in a hydrogen atmosphere.
Step H-3 can be performed according to the same method as step D-4.
In step H-3, compound (43) can also be obtained as a free amine.

(Process H-4)
Step H-4 is a step of reacting compound (43) with compound (7a) in the presence of a base.
The H-4 step can be performed according to the same method as the A-5 step.

(Process H-5)
Step H-5 is a step of converting the methoxycarbonyl group and the methoxy group in the compound (44) into a carboxy group and a hydroxy group, respectively.
Step H-5 can be performed according to the same method as step A-7.

Production of compound (Ik) from compound (43) in Method H can also be carried out according to the same method as Method B using Compound (9).
In method H, by using compound (7) instead of compound (7a), compound (Io) included in compound (I)

Can be manufactured.

(Method I)
Method I is a method for producing compound (7b) included in compound (7).
(Step I-1)
Step I-1 is a step in which an acid halide compound obtained by treating compound (45) with a halogenating reagent is reacted with compound (46) in the presence of a base. Compound (45) and compound (46) are known or can be easily produced from known compounds.
The halogenating reagent used is not limited as long as it can convert a carboxylic acid into an acid halide, and is preferably oxalyl chloride, or thionyl halide such as thionyl chloride or thionyl bromide, and most preferred. Is oxalyl chloride. When oxalyl chloride is used as the halogenating reagent, a catalytic amount of dimethylformamide is preferably used.
The base used is preferably an organic amine, most preferably triethylamine.
The solvent used is preferably a halogenated hydrocarbon, most preferably methylene chloride.
The reaction temperature is preferably −20 to 100 ° C.
The reaction time is preferably 30 minutes to 12 hours.

(Step I-2)
Step I-2 is a step of treating compound (47) with Burgess Reagent in the presence of a base. Burgess Reagent refers to methyl N- (trimethylammoniumsulfonyl) carbamate (J. Am. Chem. Soc., 1968, 90, p4744-4745).
The base used is preferably an organic amine, most preferably triethylamine.
The solvent used is preferably a nitrile, most preferably acetonitrile.
The reaction temperature is preferably 0 to 150 ° C.
The reaction time is preferably 30 minutes to 24 hours.

(Process I-3)
Step I-3 is a step of hydrolyzing compound (48) in the presence of a base.
The step I-3 can be performed according to the same method as the step A-6.

In Method I, compound (46) instead of compound (46a)

By using this compound, the compound (7e) included in the compound (7)

Can be manufactured.

(J method)
Method J is a method for producing compound (7c) included in compound (7).
(Step J-1)
Step J-1 is a step of treating compound (47) with Lawesson Reagent in the presence of a base. Lawesson Reagent refers to 2,4-bis (4-methoxyphenyl) -1,3-dithia-2,4-diphosphetane-2,4-disulfide.
The base used is preferably an organic amine, most preferably pyridine.
The solvent used is preferably an aromatic hydrocarbon, most preferably toluene.
The reaction temperature is preferably 0 to 150 ° C.
The reaction time is preferably 30 minutes to 24 hours.

(Step J-2)
Step J-2 is a step of hydrolyzing compound (49) in the presence of a base.
J-2 process can be performed according to the method similar to A-6 process.

In Method J, compound (47) instead of compound (47a)

By using the compound (7f) included in the compound (7)

Can be manufactured.

(K method)
Method K is a method for producing compound (7d) included in compound (7).
(Step K-1)
Step K-1 is a step of reacting compound (50) with compound (51) in the presence of a palladium reagent and a base. Compound (50) and compound (51) are known or can be easily produced from known compounds.
The palladium reagent used is not limited as long as it can be used for the carbon-carbon bond formation reaction. For example, J. Tsuji, Palladium Reagents and Catalysis: New Perspectives for the 21 ^st Centuty, 2004, John Wiley & It may be a palladium catalyst described in Sons, Inc. et al. The palladium catalyst used is preferably tetrakis (triphenylphosphine) palladium (0), palladium (II) chloride, palladium (II) acetate or dichlorobis (triphenylphosphine) palladium (II), most Preferred is tetrakis (triphenylphosphine) palladium (0).
The base used is preferably an alkali metal carbonate, most preferably sodium carbonate.
The solvent used is preferably an amide, water, or a mixture thereof, most preferably a mixture of dimethylformamide and water.
The reaction temperature is preferably 20 to 100 ° C.
The reaction time is preferably 30 minutes to 24 hours.
When B ¹ of the compound (50) is a thiazolyl group, the compound (50) is treated with N-halogenosuccinimide (preferably N-chlorosuccinimide), whereby a halogeno group (preferably at the 4-position of the thiazolyl group). Can introduce a chloro group).

(Step K-2)
Step K-2 is a step of hydrolyzing compound (52) in the presence of a base.
Step K-2 can be performed according to the same method as step A-6.

In Method K, compound (51) instead of compound (51a)

By using the compound (7g) included in the compound (7)

Can be manufactured.

(L method)
Method L is a method for producing compound (55) used in Step M-1.
(L-1 process)
Step L-1 is a step of reacting compound (53) with diethyl oxalate in the presence of a base. Compound (53) is known or can be easily produced from a known compound.
The base used is preferably an alkali metal alkoxide, most preferably sodium ethoxide.
The solvent used is preferably an alcohol, and most preferably ethanol.
The reaction temperature is preferably 0 to 150 ° C.
The reaction time is preferably 2 to 24 hours.

(Step L-2)
Step L-2 is a step of reacting the compound obtained in Step L-2 with hydroxylamine.
The solvent used is preferably an alcohol, and most preferably ethanol.
The reaction temperature is preferably 0 to 150 ° C.
The reaction time is preferably 30 minutes to 12 hours.

(L-3 process)
Step L-3 is a step of reducing compound (54).
The reducing agent used is not limited as long as it can be used for the reduction reaction of an ester group to a hydroxymethyl group, preferably an aluminum hydride compound, more preferably lithium aluminum hydride. is there.
The solvent used is preferably an ether, most preferably tetrahydrofuran.
The reaction temperature is preferably -20 to 60 ° C.
The reaction time is preferably 10 minutes to 24 hours.

(L-4 process)
Step L-4 is a step of oxidizing the compound obtained in Step L-3.
The oxidizing agent used is not limited as long as it can be used for the oxidation reaction of hydroxymethyl group to formyl group, and is preferably manganese dioxide.
The solvent used is preferably a halogenated hydrocarbon, most preferably methylene chloride.
The reaction temperature is preferably 0 to 50 ° C.
The reaction time is preferably 30 minutes to 24 hours.

(M method)
Method M is a method for producing compound (Ip) included in compound (I).
(Step M-1)
Step M-1 is a step of reacting compound (56) with compound (57) in the presence of zinc and 1,2-dibromoethane. Compound (56) can be produced, for example, by Method L. Compound (57) is publicly known or can be easily produced from a publicly known compound.
The solvent used is preferably an ether, most preferably tetrahydrofuran.
The reaction temperature is preferably 0 to 100 ° C.
The reaction time is preferably 30 minutes to 12 hours.

(Step M-2)
Step M-2 is a step of reacting compound (58) with carbon disulfide and then methyl iodide in the presence of a base.
The base used is preferably an organic amine, most preferably DBU.
The solvent used is preferably an amide, most preferably dimethylformamide.
The reaction temperature is preferably 0 to 150 ° C.
The reaction time is preferably 10 minutes to 12 hours.

(M-3 process)
Step M-3 comprises a step of reducing the compound obtained in step M-2 with a tin reagent in the presence of a radical initiator reagent.
The tin reagent and radical initiator used are not limited as long as they can be used for the intended reduction reaction, and are preferably a combination of tributyltin hydride and 2,2′-azobisisobutyronitrile. .
The solvent used is preferably an aromatic hydrocarbon, most preferably benzene.
The reaction temperature is preferably 0 to 150 ° C.
The reaction time is preferably 30 minutes to 12 hours.

(Step M-4)
Step M-4 is a step of hydrolyzing compound (59) in the presence of a base.
M-4 process can be performed according to the method similar to A-6 process.

(Step M-5)
Step M-5 is a step of reacting compound (60) with compound (61) in the presence of a condensing agent and a base. Compound (61) can be produced by a method analogous to step A-4.
M-5 process can be performed in accordance with the method similar to A-5 process.

(Step M-6)
Step M-6 is a step of removing two benzyl groups in compound (62) in the presence of a palladium catalyst and under a hydrogen atmosphere.
M-6 process can be performed according to the method similar to G-3 process.

(N method)
Method N is a method for producing the compound (67) used in Step P-1, Step Q-1, Step R-1, or other steps.
(N-1 process)
Step N-1 is a step of reacting compound (63) with hydroxylamine. Compound (63) is known or can be easily produced from a known compound.
The solvent used is preferably an alcohol, water or a mixture thereof, most preferably a mixture of ethanol and water.
The reaction temperature is preferably 0 to 100 ° C.
The reaction time is preferably 30 minutes to 12 hours.

(N-2 process)
Step N-2 is a step of treating the compound obtained in step N-1 with N-chlorosuccinimide.
The solvent used is preferably an amide, most preferably dimethylformamide.
The reaction temperature is preferably 0 to 100 ° C.
The reaction time is preferably 30 minutes to 12 hours.

(N-3 process)
Step N-3 is a step of reacting compound (64) with compound (65) in the presence of a base. Compound (65) is publicly known or can be easily produced from a publicly known compound.
The base used is preferably an organic amine, most preferably triethylamine.
The solvent used is preferably a halogenated hydrocarbon, most preferably methylene chloride.
The reaction temperature is preferably 0 to 100 ° C.
The reaction time is preferably 30 minutes to 12 hours.

(N-4 process)
Step N-4 is a step of treating compound (66) with carbon tetrabromide in the presence of triphenylphosphine.
The solvent used is preferably a halogenated hydrocarbon, most preferably methylene chloride.
The reaction temperature is preferably 0 to 100 ° C.
The reaction time is preferably 30 minutes to 24 hours.

(O method)
Method O is a method for producing compound (70) used in Step P-1, Step Q-1, Step R-1, or other steps.
(O-1 process)
Step O-1 is a step of reacting compound (68) with diethyl oxalate in the presence of a base. Compound (68) is publicly known or can be easily produced from a publicly known compound.
The O-1 step can be performed according to the same method as the L-1 step.

(Step O-2)
Step O-2 is a step of reacting the compound obtained in step O-1 with hydroxylamine.
O-2 process can be performed according to the method similar to L-2 process.

(O-3 process)
Step O-3 is a step of reducing compound (69).
O-3 process can be performed according to the method similar to L-3 process.

(O-4 step)
Step O-4 is a step of treating the compound obtained in step O-3 with carbon tetrabromide in the presence of triphenylphosphine.
O-4 process can be performed according to the method similar to N-4 process.

(P method)
Method P is a method for producing compound (Ip) included in compound (I).
(Step P-1)
Step P-1 is a step of reacting compound (71) with compound (72) in the presence of copper. Compound (71) can be produced, for example, by the N method or the O method. Compound (72) is known or can be easily produced from a known compound.
The solvent used is preferably a sulfoxide, most preferably dimethyl sulfoxide.
The reaction temperature is preferably 0 to 100 ° C.
The reaction time is preferably 15 minutes to 12 hours.

(Step P-2)
Step P-2 is a step of hydrolyzing compound (73) in the presence of a base.
P-2 process can be performed according to the method similar to A-6 process.

(Step P-3)
Step P-3 is a step of reacting compound (74) with compound (75) in the presence of a condensing agent and a base. Compound (75) can be produced by a method analogous to step A-4.
P-3 process can be performed according to the method similar to A-5 process.

(Step P-4)
Step P-4 is a step of removing the allyl group in the compound (76).
The reagent to be used is not limited as long as it can be used for the allyl group removal reaction, and is preferably a combination of tetrakis (triphenylphosphine) palladium (0) and morpholine.
The solvent used is preferably a nitrile, most preferably acetonitrile.
The reaction temperature is preferably 0 to 100 ° C.
The reaction time is preferably 30 minutes to 24 hours.

(Step P-5)
P-5 process is a process of converting the methoxy group in the compound obtained at P-4 process into a hydroxy group.
P-5 process can be performed according to the method similar to A-7 process.

(Q method)
Method Q is a method for producing compound (Iq) included in compound (I).
(Q-1 process)
Step Q-1 is a step of reacting compound (71) with compound (77) in the presence of a base. Compound (71) can be produced, for example, by the N method or the O method. Compound (77) is known or can be easily produced from a known compound.
The base used is preferably an alkali metal alkoxide, most preferably potassium tert-butoxide.
The solvent used is preferably an ether, most preferably tetrahydrofuran.
The reaction temperature is preferably −20 to 100 ° C.
The reaction time is preferably 30 minutes to 12 hours.

(Step Q-2)
Step Q-2 is a step of hydrolyzing the compound (78) in the presence of a base and then performing a decarboxylation reaction.
The base used for the hydrolysis is preferably an alkali metal hydroxide, most preferably sodium hydroxide.
The solvent used is preferably a mixture of alcohols and water, most preferably a mixture of ethanol and water.
The reaction temperature is preferably 0 to 100 ° C.
The reaction time is preferably 30 minutes to 12 hours.
The decarboxylation reaction is carried out by heating in a solvent after acidifying the reaction solution after hydrolysis with an acid such as acetic acid. The solvent used is preferably a mixture of dioxane and xylene. The reaction temperature is preferably 50 to 150 ° C. The reaction time is preferably 1 to 48 hours.

(Step Q-3)
Step Q-3 is a step of reacting compound (79) with compound (75) in the presence of a condensing agent and a base. Compound (75) can be produced by a method analogous to step A-4.
Step Q-3 can be performed according to the same method as step A-5.

(Step Q-4)
Step Q-4 is a step of removing the allyl group in compound (80).
Step Q-4 can be performed according to the same method as Step P-4.

(Step Q-5)
Step Q-5 is a step of converting a methoxy group in the compound obtained in Step Q-4 to a hydroxy group.
Step Q-5 can be performed according to the same method as step A-7.

(R method)
Method R is a method for producing compound (Ir) included in compound (I).
(R-1 process)
Step R-1 is a step of reacting compound (71) with compound (81) in the presence of a base. Compound (71) can be produced, for example, by the N method or the O method. Compound (81) is publicly known or can be easily produced from a publicly known compound.
The base used is preferably an alkali metal carbonate, most preferably potassium carbonate.
The solvent used is preferably a nitrile, most preferably acetonitrile.
The reaction temperature is preferably 0 to 100 ° C.
The reaction time is preferably 1 to 48 hours.

(R-2 process)
Step R-2 is a step of hydrolyzing the compound (82) in the presence of a base and then performing a decarboxylation reaction.
The base used for the hydrolysis is preferably an alkali metal hydroxide, most preferably sodium hydroxide.
The solvent used is preferably a mixture of alcohols and water, most preferably a mixture of ethanol and water.
The reaction temperature is preferably 0 to 100 ° C.
The reaction time is preferably 30 minutes to 48 hours.
The decarboxylation reaction is carried out by heating in a solvent after acidifying the reaction solution after hydrolysis with an acid such as acetic acid. The solvent used is preferably the same solvent as the hydrolysis. The reaction temperature is preferably 50 to 150 ° C. The reaction time is preferably 1 to 24 hours.

(R-3 process)
Step R-3 is a step of reacting compound (7d) with compound (61) in the presence of a condensing agent and a base. Compound (61) can be produced by a method analogous to step A-4.
R-3 process can be performed according to the method similar to A-5 process.

(R-4 process)
Step R-4 is a step of removing the benzyl group in compound (83) in the presence of a palladium catalyst and in a hydrogen atmosphere.
R-4 process can be performed in accordance with the method similar to G-3 process.

(R-5 process)
Step R-5 is a step of converting a methoxy group in the compound obtained in step R-4 to a hydroxy group.
Step R-5 can be performed according to the same method as step A-7.

(S method)
Method S is a method for producing compound (Is) included in compound (I).
(Step S-1)
Step S-1 is a step of treating compound (84) with a brominating reagent. Compound (84) can be produced, for example, according to M-3 step, P-1 step, Q-2 step, R-2 step, or a method analogous thereto.
The bromination reagent used is not particularly limited as long as it can be used for the bromination reaction at the 4-position of the isoxazole ring, and is preferably N-bromosuccinimide.
The solvent used is preferably an amide, most preferably dimethylformamide.
The reaction temperature is preferably 0 to 100 ° C.
The reaction time is preferably 30 minutes to 48 hours.

(Step S-2)
In step S-2, compound (85) is represented by the formula R ^f B (OR ^j ) ₂ [wherein R ^j independently represents a C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl group in the presence of a palladium catalyst and a base. Or two R ^j together represent a C ₁ -C ₆ alkylene group (preferably 1,2,3,4-tetramethylethylene group: —CMe ₂ CMe ₂ —)] This is a step of reacting with a compound having the same.
The palladium catalyst and the base used are not limited as long as they can be used for the carbon-carbon bond forming reaction. The palladium catalyst used is preferably tetrakis (triphenylphosphine) palladium (0). The base used is preferably an alkali metal carbonate, most preferably sodium carbonate.
The solvent used is preferably a mixture of amides and water, most preferably a mixture of dimethylacetamide and water.
The reaction temperature is preferably 50 to 150 ° C.
The reaction time is preferably 30 minutes to 12 hours.
In step S-2, compound (87) may be obtained, and in that case, the next step S-3 can be omitted.

(Step S-3)
Step S-3 is a step of hydrolyzing compound (86) in the presence of a base.
S-3 process can be performed according to the method similar to A-6 process.

(Step S-4)
Step S-4 is a step of reacting compound (87) with compound (61) in the presence of a condensing agent and a base. Compound (61) can be produced by a method analogous to step A-4.
S-4 process can be performed according to the method similar to A-5 process.

(Step S-5)
Step S-5 is a step of removing the benzyl group in compound (88) in the presence of a palladium catalyst and in a hydrogen atmosphere.
Step S-5 can be performed according to the same method as step G-3.

(Step S-6)
Step S-6 is a step of converting a methoxy group in the compound obtained in step S-5 to a hydroxy group.
Step S-6 can be performed according to the same method as step A-7.

(T method)
The method T is a method for producing the compound (It) included in the compound (I).
(T-1 step)
Step T-1 is a step of reacting compound (89) with compound (90). Compound (89) and compound (90) are known or can be easily produced from known compounds.
The step T-1 is preferably performed in the absence of a solvent.
The reaction temperature is preferably 0 to 150 ° C.
The reaction time is preferably 30 minutes to 24 hours.

(Step T-2)
Step T-2 is a step of reacting compound (91) with compound (92). Compound (92) is publicly known or can be easily produced from a publicly known compound.
The solvent used is preferably an alcohol, and most preferably ethanol.
The reaction temperature is preferably 0 to 100 ° C.
The reaction time is preferably 30 minutes to 24 hours.

(Step T-3)
Step T-3 is a step of reducing compound (93).
T-3 process can be performed in accordance with the method similar to L-3 process.

(Step T-4)
Step T-4 is a step of oxidizing compound (94).
T-4 process can be performed according to the method similar to L-4 process.

(Step T-5)
Step T-5 is a step of subjecting the compound obtained in Step T-4 to a Horner-Wadsworth-Emmons reaction (hereinafter, HWE reaction) in the presence of a base.
The HWE reaction reagent used is not limited as long as it can be used for the HWE reaction, and preferably the formula (EtO) ₂ P (O) CH ₂ COOEt or (EtO) ₂ P (O) CH (F ) A compound having COOEt.
The base used is preferably an alkali metal hydride, most preferably sodium hydride.
The solvent used is preferably an ether, most preferably tetrahydrofuran.
The reaction temperature is preferably 0 to 100 ° C.
The reaction time is preferably 30 minutes to 24 hours.

(Process T-6)
Step T-6 is a step of reducing compound (95) in the presence of a palladium catalyst and in a hydrogen atmosphere.
The palladium catalyst used is not particularly limited as long as it can be used for the reduction reaction under a hydrogen atmosphere, and preferably palladium such as palladium-carbon, palladium black, palladium hydroxide, palladium-barium sulfate. Or platinum such as platinum oxide or platinum black, most preferably palladium-carbon.
The solvent used is preferably an alcohol, acetic acid, or a mixture thereof, and most preferably ethanol, acetic acid, or a mixture thereof.
The reaction temperature is preferably 0 to 100 ° C.
The reaction time is preferably 30 minutes to 12 hours.

(Step T-7)
Step T-7 is a step of hydrolyzing the compound obtained in step T-6 in the presence of a base.
T-7 process can be performed according to the method similar to A-6 process.

(Process T-8)
Step T-8 is a step of reacting compound (96) with compound (6) in the presence of a condensing agent and a base. Compound (6) can be produced by Step A-4.
T-8 process can be performed according to the method similar to A-5 process.

(Step T-9)
Step T-9 is a step of hydrolyzing compound (97) in the presence of a base.
T-9 process can be performed according to the method similar to A-6 process.
When R ^h of the compound (It) is a methoxy group, the methoxy group can be converted to a hydroxy group according to the same method as in step A-7, if necessary.

  The compound having the general formula (I) of the present invention or a pharmacologically acceptable salt thereof can be administered per se when used as a medicament, or can be appropriately pharmacologically acceptable. It can be mixed with an additive and administered orally as a preparation such as a tablet, capsule or granule, or parenterally as a preparation such as an injection or suppository.

  These preparations are produced by known methods using additives such as excipients, binders, disintegrants, lubricants, emulsifiers, stabilizers, diluents, solvents for injections, and the like.

  The excipient can be, for example, an organic excipient or an inorganic excipient. The organic excipient can be, for example, a sugar derivative such as lactose or sucrose; a starch derivative such as corn starch or potato starch; a cellulose derivative such as crystalline cellulose; or gum arabic. The inorganic excipient can be, for example, a sulfate such as calcium sulfate.

  The binder can be, for example, the excipients described above; gelatin; polyvinyl pyrrolidone; or polyethylene glycol.

  The disintegrant can be, for example, the excipients described above; chemically modified starch or cellulose derivatives such as croscarmellose sodium, sodium carboxymethyl starch; or cross-linked polyvinyl pyrrolidone.

  Lubricants include, for example, talc; stearic acid; colloidal silica; waxes such as beeswax and geirow; sulfates such as sodium sulfate; lauryl sulfates such as sodium lauryl sulfate; In starch.

  Emulsifiers are, for example, colloidal clays such as bentonite and beegum; anionic surfactants such as sodium lauryl sulfate; cationic surfactants such as benzalkonium chloride; or polyoxyethylene alkyl ethers It can be a nonionic surfactant.

  Stabilizers can be, for example, parahydroxybenzoates such as methyl paraben, propyl paraben; alcohols such as chlorobutanol; or phenols such as phenol and cresol.

The diluent can be, for example, water, ethanol, or propylene glycol.
The solvent for injection can be, for example, water, ethanol, or glycerin.

  In the case of oral administration, the compound having the general formula (I) or the pharmacologically acceptable salt thereof of the present invention has a lower limit of 0.02 mg / kg (preferably 0.1 mg / kg) per dose for adults. kg), an upper limit of 100 mg / kg (preferably 20 mg / kg), and in the case of parenteral administration, a lower limit of 0.002 mg / kg (preferably 0.0 01 mg / kg) and an upper limit of 10 mg / kg (preferably 2 mg / kg) can be administered 1 to 6 times per day depending on the patient's symptoms, age, and the like.

  The compound having the general formula (I) of the present invention or a pharmacologically acceptable salt thereof has lipolysis inhibitory activity, blood lipid level control action (for example, NEFA or TG lowering action), in vivo activity, solubility Excellent properties in terms of oral absorption, metabolic stability, blood concentration, bioavailability (BA), tissue transfer, physical stability, drug interaction, safety [eg flushing] A medicine, preferably, hypo-HDLemia, hypercholesterolemia, hyper-LDL, hyper-VLDL, hyper-TG, hyperlipidemia, dislipidaemia, lipid metabolism Abnormality, arteriosclerosis, type I diabetes, type II diabetes, insulin resistance, heart failure, myocardial infarction, cardiovascular disease, stroke, obesity, angina, chronic renal failure, peripheral vascular disorder, nonalcoholic steatohepatitis, nerve Anorexia, metabolic syndrome, Alzheimer -Drugs for the treatment or prevention of illness, schizophrenia, amyotrophic lateral sclerosis, or for the occurrence of events or mortality based on cardiovascular or coronary heart disease, more preferably high Medicament for the treatment or prevention of lipemia, dyslipidemia, dyslipidemia, arteriosclerosis, or type II diabetes, more preferably treatment or prevention of dyslipidemia or dyslipidemia It is useful as a medicine for (preferably treatment).

  EXAMPLES Hereinafter, although an Example, a test example, and a formulation example are given and this invention is demonstrated further in detail, the scope of the present invention is not limited to these.

In the examples, the following abbreviations are used.
Burgess reagent: methyl N- (trimethylammoniumsulfonyl) carbamate DMF: dimethylformamide DMSO: dimethyl sulfoxide HATU: O- (7-azabenzotriazol-1-yl) -N, N, N ′, N′-tetramethyluronium Hexafluorophosphate
Lawesson reagent: 2,4-bis (4-methoxyphenyl) -1,3-dithia-2,4-diphosphetane-2,4-disulfide THF: tetrahydrofuran Boc ₂ O: di-t-butyl dicarbonate DBU: 1, 8-Diazabicyclo [5,4,0] undec-7-ene DMA: dimethylacetamide dppf: 1,1′-bis (diphenylphosphino) ferrocene HOBt: 1-hydroxybenzotriazole WSCI: 1-ethyl-3- (3 -Dimethylaminopropyl) carbodiimide.

Example 1
4- {3- [4- (4-hydroxyphenyl) phenyl] propanoyl} amino-1-methylpyrrole-3-carboxylic acid

(A) 4-Amino-1-methylpyrrole-3-carboxylic acid ethyl ester hydrochloride (a) -1
Sarcosine tert-butyl ester hydrochloride (7.19 g, 38.4 mmol) was added to a mixture of methylene chloride (50 mL) and 2N aqueous sodium hydroxide solution (20 mL), and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 hr. The reaction mixture was extracted with methylene chloride (150 mL), dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated.
The obtained residue was dissolved in THF (30 mL), ethyl 2- (ethoxymethylene) -2-cyanoacetate (6.50 g, 38.4 mmol) was added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 18 hours and then at 90 ° C. for 4 hours. . The reaction mixture was concentrated and azeotroped with toluene. The residue was dissolved in THF (30 mL) and sodium hydride (1.46 g, 38.4 mmol) was added at 0 ° C. After stirring at room temperature for 1.5 hours, water (10 mL) was added and the solvent was distilled off. The residue was partitioned between ethyl acetate (100 mL) and water (30 mL). The organic layer was washed with saturated brine (30 mL), dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (hexane / ethyl acetate) to obtain a pyrrole compound (6.78 g, yield 66%).

(A) -2
The pyrrole compound (6.78 g, 25.3 mmol) obtained in Example 1 (a) -1 was dissolved in 4N hydrochloric acid-dioxane (25 mL) and stirred at room temperature for 15 hours. The reaction solution was concentrated to obtain the title compound (4.67 g, yield 90%).
¹ H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d ₆ ): δ (ppm) = 9.80 (2H, brs), 7.47 (1H, d, J = 2.5 Hz), 6.99 (1H, brs), 4.22 (2H, q, J = 7.1Hz), 3.66 (3H, s), 1.28 (3H, t, J = 7.1Hz).
MS m / z: 169 (M + H) ⁺ .

(B) 3- [4- (4-Methoxyphenyl) phenyl] propionic acid 4-methoxybromobenzene (421 mg, 2.25 mmol) and 4- (2-ethoxycarbonylethyl) phenylboronic acid (500 mg, 2.25 mmol) To a DMF (10 mL) solution was added 2M-sodium carbonate aqueous solution (3.4 mL, 6.75 mmol) and tetrakistriphenylphosphine palladium (130 mg, 0.113 mmol), and the mixture was stirred at 80 ° C. for 8 hours. Water was added to the reaction mixture, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with 1M hydrochloric acid, saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate, and saturated brine. After drying the organic layer with sodium sulfate, the solvent was distilled off. The obtained residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography to obtain an ester compound. To an ethanol (20 mL) solution of the obtained ester compound, 1M-aqueous sodium hydroxide solution (5 mL, 5.00 mmol) was added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. 1M-hydrochloric acid (10 mL, 10.0 mmol) was added to the reaction mixture, and the precipitated crystals were collected by filtration and washed with water to obtain the title compound (453 mg, 2-step yield 79%).
¹ H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl ₃ ): δ (ppm) = 7.53-7.47 (4H, m), 7.28 (2H, d, J = 8.2Hz), 6.98 (2H, d, J = 9.0Hz), 3.86 ( 3H, s), 3.01 (2H, t, J = 7.6Hz), 2.73 (2H, t, J = 7.8Hz).

(C) 4- {3- [4- (4-hydroxyphenyl) phenyl] propanoyl} amino-1-methylpyrrole-3-carboxylic acid (c) -1
The compound (100 mg, 0.50 mmol) obtained in Example 1 (a) and the compound (115 mg, 0.45 mmol) obtained in Example 1 (b) were dissolved in dimethylformamide (3 mL), and HATU (240 mg , 0.59 mmol), and ice-cooled in a nitrogen atmosphere. Triethylamine (0.2 mL, 0.90 mmol) was added to the reaction solution, and the mixture was stirred for 30 minutes under ice cooling. Water (15 mL) was added to the reaction solution, and the resulting precipitate was collected by filtration, washed with water, and dried under reduced pressure to obtain an ester compound (130 mg, yield 71%) as a colorless powder.

(C) -2
The compound (129 mg, 0.32 mmol) obtained in Example 1 (c) -1 was dissolved in a mixture of THF (3 mL) and methanol (1 mL), 1N lithium hydroxide aqueous solution (1 mL) was added, and 70 ° C. For 3 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated, neutralized with 2N hydrochloric acid (0.6 mL), and the resulting precipitate was collected by filtration and washed with water. The obtained solid was dried under reduced pressure to obtain the title compound (110 mg, yield 91%).

(D) 4- {3- [4- (4-hydroxyphenyl) phenyl] propanoyl} amino-1-methylpyrrole-3-carboxylic acid Compound obtained in Example 1 (c) (105 mg, 0.28 mmol) Was added methylene chloride (2 mL), and the mixture was cooled to -78 ° C under a nitrogen atmosphere. A 1N boron tribromide-methylene chloride solution (1.4 mL) was added, and the reaction was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. After confirming the completion of the reaction, the reaction solution was cooled to −78 ° C., water was added and the mixture was stirred at room temperature. The resulting precipitate was collected by filtration, washed with water and methylene chloride, and dried under reduced pressure to give the title compound (94 mg, yield 93%) as a colorless powder.
¹ H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d ₆ ): δ (ppm) = 12.2 (1H, brs), 9.50 (1H, brs), 9.34 (1H, brs), 7.46 (4H, dd, J = 10.9 and 8.5Hz ), 7.28 (2H, d, J = 8.3Hz), 7.25 (1H, d, J = 2.4Hz), 7.21 (1H, d, J = 2.5Hz), 6.82 (2H, d, J = 8.8Hz), 3.60 (3H, s), 2.90 (2H, t, J = 7.5Hz), 2.68 (2H, t, J = 7.6Hz).
MS m / z: 363 (M-H) ^- .

(Example 2)
4- [3- (5-Chloro-6-hydroxy-2-naphthyl) propanoyl] amino-1-methylpyrrole-3-carboxylic acid

Using the compound obtained in Example 1 (a) and 3- (5-chloro-6-hydroxy-2-naphthyl) propionic acid synthesized by a method according to the method described in WO2007 / 120575, The reaction was carried out in the same manner as in Examples 1 (c) and 1 (d) to obtain the title compound as a colorless powder.
¹ H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d ₆ ): δ (ppm) = 12.2 (1H, brs), 10.3 (1H, s), 9.33 (1H, s), 7.93 (1H, d, J = 8.6 Hz), 7.72-7.68 (2H, m), 7.52 (1H, dd, J = 8.6, 1.5Hz), 7.26-7.21 (3H, m), 3.60 (3H, s), 3.03 (2H, t, J = 7.6Hz) , 2.76 (2H, t, J = 7.6Hz).
MS m / z: 371 (M-H) ^- .

(Example 3)
4- {3-[(5-hydroxypyridin-2-yl) -1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl] propanoyl} amino-1-methylpyrrole-3-carboxylic acid

(A) 2-Cyano-5- (4-methoxybenzyloxy) pyridine Sodium hydride (1.44 g, 33 mmol) was dissolved in DMF (20 mL), and 4-methoxybenzyl was added under a nitrogen atmosphere and ice cooling. Alcohol (3.74 mL, 33 mmol) was added and stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes. 5-Bromo-2-cyanopyridine (4.58 g, 25 mmol) was added to the reaction solution, and the mixture was further stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes. Water was added to the reaction mixture, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate, washed with water, and the aqueous layers were combined and extracted with methylene chloride. The organic layers were combined, dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated. The obtained residue was recrystallized from ethyl acetate to give the title compound (3.57 g, yield 60%) as yellow crystals.

(B) 3-{[5- (4-methoxybenzyloxy) pyridin-2-yl] -1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl} propionic acid Compound obtained in Example 2 (a) (3.57 g, 15 mmol) and hydroxylamine hydrochloride (1.24 g, 18 mmol) were dissolved in ethanol (70 mL) and a mixture of sodium hydroxide (0.7 g, 16 mmol) and water (7 mL) was added at room temperature. . The resulting precipitate was collected by filtration, washed with ethanol, and dried under reduced pressure to obtain the target compound (4.52 g, yield 100%). The obtained compound was dissolved in pyridine (10 mL), ethylmalonyl chloride (2.5 mL, 2.0 mmol) was added, and the mixture was stirred at 130 ° C. for 4 hr. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure, water was added and the mixture was extracted with methylene chloride. The organic layer was washed with water, dried over sodium sulfate, and concentrated. The resulting precipitate was collected by filtration and washed with methanol to obtain the target compound (2.89 g, yield 51%) as pale red crystals. The obtained compound (2.89 g, 7.5 mmol) was dissolved in a mixture of THF (50 mL) and methanol (20 mL), 1N aqueous lithium hydroxide solution (30 mL) was added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 hr. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and neutralized with 2N hydrochloric acid (15 mL). The resulting precipitate was collected by filtration, washed with water, and dried under reduced pressure to give the title compound (2.23 g, yield 83%) Obtained as yellow crystals.
¹ H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl ₃ ): δ (ppm) = 8.54 (1 H, d, J = 2.7 Hz), 8.05 (1 H, d, J = 8.6 Hz), 7.39-7.35 (3 H, m), 6.94 ( 2H, d, J = 8.6Hz), 5.11 (2H, s), 3.83 (3H, s), 3.29 (2H, t, J = 7.2Hz), 3.06 (2H, t, J = 7.2Hz).

(C) 4- {3-[(5- (4-methoxybenzyloxy) pyridin-2-yl) -1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl] propanoyl} amino-1-methylpyrrole-3 -Carboxylic acid ethyl ester Using the compound obtained in Example 1 (a) and the carboxylic acid obtained in Example 3 (b), the reaction was conducted in the same manner as in Example 1 (c) -1, and the title compound was obtained. Was obtained as a colorless powder.

(D) 4- {3-[(5-hydroxypyridin-2-yl) -1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl] propanoyl} amino-1-methylpyrrole-3-carboxylic acid Example 3 The compound (126 mg, 0.25 mmol) obtained in (c) was dissolved in methylene chloride (2.0 mL), and triisopropylsilane (0.51 mL, 2.50 mmol) and trifluoroacetic acid (1.0 mL) were added at 0 ° C. ) Was added. The reaction was stirred for 2 hours and then concentrated. Ethanol (5.0 mL) and 1N aqueous lithium hydroxide solution (2.5 mL) were added to the residue, and the mixture was stirred at 100 ° C. for 3 hr. The reaction mixture was concentrated, and 1N hydrochloric acid (3 mL) and methylene chloride (3 mL) were added. The precipitated solid was collected by filtration and washed with water (10 mL). The obtained solid was purified by reverse phase liquid chromatography (acetonitrile / water) to obtain the title compound (24 mg, yield 27%) as a white powder.
¹ H NMR (500 MHz, MeOH-d4): δ (ppm) = 8.21 (1H, d, J = 2.4 Hz), 7.99 (1H, d, J = 8.6 Hz), 7.31 (1H, dd, J = 8.6, 2.4Hz), 7.22 (1H, d, J = 2.4Hz), 7.16 (1H, d, J = 2.4Hz), 3.64 (3H, s), 3.33 (2H, t, J = 7.1Hz), 3.05 (2H , t, J = 6.9Hz).
MS m / z: 358 (M + H) ⁺ .

Example 4
4- {3- [2- (4-hydroxyphenyl) oxazol-5-yl] propanoyl} amino-1-methylpyrrole-3-carboxylic acid

(A) 5- (4-methoxybenzoyl) aminolevulinic acid methyl ester Under a nitrogen atmosphere, a catalytic amount of dimethylformamide was added to a solution of p-methoxybenzoic acid (5 g, 33.0 mmol) in dichloromethane (50 mL), and the resulting mixture was cooled to 0 ° C. Oxalyl chloride (5.8 mL, 66.1 mmol) was added and stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes. The residue obtained by distilling off the solvent was cooled to 0 ° C. under a nitrogen atmosphere, and methyl (5-aminolevulinate) hydrochloride (1.0 g, 5.50 mmol) and triethylamine (2.3 mL, 16.5 mmol) in dichloromethane ( 80 mL) solution and stirred at room temperature for 3 hours. The residue obtained by distilling off the solvent was purified by silica gel column chromatography (hexane / ethyl acetate) to obtain the title compound (6.46 g, yield 84%).

(B) 3- [2- (4-Methoxyphenyl) oxazol-5-yl] propionic acid Under nitrogen atmosphere, 5- (4-methoxybenzoyl) aminolevulinic acid methyl ester (4.46 g, 18.6 mmol) and triethylamine ( Burgess reagent (6.65 g, 27.9 mmol) was added to a solution of 3.41 mL, 24.2 mmol) in acetonitrile (50 mL), and the mixture was stirred at 80 ° C. for 5 hours. The residue obtained by evaporating the solvent was purified by silica gel column chromatography (hexane / ethyl acetate) to obtain a cyclized compound (3.7 g, yield 76%). To a solution of the obtained cyclized compound (3.7 g, 14.2 mmol) in methanol (100 mL) was added 1M aqueous sodium hydroxide solution (50 mL, 50 mmol), and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 hours. 1M-hydrochloric acid (55 mL, 55 mmol) was added to the reaction solution, and the resulting solid was collected by filtration, washed with water, and then washed with a mixture of n-hexane-dichloromethane to give the title compound (3.5 mg, yield 99). %).
¹ H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl ₃ ): δ (ppm) = 7.94 (2H, dt, J = 9.4 and 2.5Hz), 6.97 (2H, dt, J = 9.4 and 2.4Hz), 6.88 (1H, s), 3.86 (3H, s), 3.08 (2H, t, J = 7.8Hz), 2.79 (2H, t, J = 7.4Hz).

(C) 4- {3- [2- (4-hydroxyphenyl) oxazol-5-yl] propanoyl} amino-1-methylpyrrole-3-carboxylic acid Compound obtained in Example 1 (a) and Example Using the compound obtained in 4 (b), the reaction was carried out in the same manner as in Examples 1 (c) and 1 (d) to obtain the title compound as a colorless powder.
¹ H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d ₆ ): δ (ppm) = 12.2 (1H, brs), 10.0 (1H, s), 9.39 (1H, s), 7.74 (2H, d, J = 8.6 Hz), 7.28 (1H, d, J = 2.7Hz), 7.24 (1H, d, J = 2.7Hz), 6.93 (1H, s), 6.85 (2H, d, J = 8.6Hz), 3.62 (3H, s), 3.01 (2H, t, J = 7.4Hz), 2.76 (2H, t, J = 7.4Hz).
MS m / z: 356 (M + H) ⁺ .

(Example 5)
4- {3- (2-Phenylthiazol-5-yl) propanoyl} amino-1-methylpyrrole-3-carboxylic acid

(A) Methyl ester of 5-benzoylaminolevulinic acid Under nitrogen atmosphere, a solution of methyl 5-aminolevulinate hydrochloride (1.0 g, 5.5 mmol) and triethylamine (2.3 mL, 16.5 mmol) in dichloromethane (50 mL) was added at 0 ° C. The mixture was cooled to benzoyl chloride (0.7 mL, 6.1 mmol), and stirred at room temperature for 3 hours. Water was added to the reaction mixture, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with saturated brine and dried over sodium sulfate. The residue obtained by distilling off the solvent was purified by silica gel column chromatography (hexane / ethyl acetate) to obtain the title compound (1.29 g, yield 94%).

(B) 3- (2-Phenylthiazol-5-yl) propionic acid The compound (500 mg, 2.0 mmol) obtained in Example 5 (a) was treated with pyridine (0.3 mL, 4.012 mmol) under a nitrogen atmosphere. Was added to a toluene (5 mL) solution, Lawesson reagent (1.1 g, 2.6 mmol) was added, and the reaction solution was stirred at 80 ° C. for 7 hours. Water was added to the reaction mixture, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with saturated brine and dried over sodium sulfate. The residue obtained by distilling off the solvent was purified by silica gel column chromatography (hexane / ethyl acetate) to obtain the target compound (310 mg, yield 62%). To a solution of the obtained compound (310 mg, 1.3 mmol) in methanol (15 mL), 1N aqueous sodium hydroxide solution (6.3 mL, 6.3 mmol) was added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. 1N Hydrochloric acid (10 mL, 10 mmol) was added to the reaction mixture, and the resulting solid was collected by filtration and washed with water to obtain the title compound (271 mg, yield 93%).
¹ H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl ₃ ): δ (ppm) = 7.90 (2H, dd, J = 7.8 and 1.9 Hz), 7.61 (1H, s), 7.45-7.40 (3H, m), 3.22 (2H, t , J = 7.1Hz), 2.78 (2H, t, J = 7.2Hz).

(C) 4- [3- (2-Phenylthiazol-5-yl) propanoyl] amino-1-methylpyrrole-3-carboxylic acid In the compound obtained in Example 1 (a) and in Example 5 (b) The obtained compound was used for reaction in the same manner as in Example 1 (c) to obtain the title compound as a colorless powder.
¹ H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d ₆ ): δ (ppm) = 9.42 (1H, brs), 7.87 (2H, dd, J = 7.2 and 1.8 Hz), 7.68 (1H, d, J = 0.8 Hz), 7.51-7.45 (3H, m), 7.28 (1H, d, J = 2.0Hz), 7.21 (1H, d, J = 2.4Hz), 3.61 (3H, s), 3.17 (2H, t, J = 7.0Hz ), 2.78 (2H, t, J = 7.0Hz).
MS m / z: 356 (M + H) ⁺ .

(Example 6)
4- {3- [2- (4-Hydroxyphenyl) thiazol-5-yl] propanoyl} amino-1-methylpyrrole-3-carboxylic acid

(A) 3- [2- (4-Methoxyphenyl) thiazol-5-yl] propionic acid Using the compound obtained in Example 4 (a), the reaction was carried out in the same manner as in Example 5 (b). The title compound was obtained as a colorless powder.
¹ H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl ₃ ): δ (ppm) = 7.70 (2H, dt, J = 47.3 and 29.2Hz), 7.54 (1H, s), 6.95 (2H, dt, J = 9.3 and 2.5Hz), 3.86 (3H, s), 3.20 (2H, t, J = 7.5Hz), 2.77 (2H, t, J = 7.5Hz).

(B) 4- {3- [2- (4-hydroxyphenyl) thiazol-5-yl] propanoyl} amino-1-methylpyrrole-3-carboxylic acid Compound obtained in Example 1 (a) and Example Using the compound obtained in 6 (a), the reaction was carried out in the same manner as in Examples 1 (c) and 1 (d) to obtain the title compound as a colorless powder.
¹ H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d ₆ ): δ (ppm) = 12.2 (1H, s), 9.94 (1H, s), 9.35 (1H, s), 7.68 (2H, d, J = 8.6 Hz), 7.55 (1H, s), 7.28 (1H, d, J = 2.3Hz), 7.23 (1H, d, J = 2.3Hz), 6.84 (2H, d, J = 8.6Hz), 3.61 (3H, s), 3.13 (2H, t, J = 7.0Hz), 2.75 (2H, t, J = 7.0Hz).
MS m / z: 372 (M + H) ⁺ .

(Example 7)
4- [3- (4-Chloro-2-phenylthiazol-5-yl) propanoyl] amino-1-methylpyrrole-3-carboxylic acid

(A) 3- (4-Chloro-2-bromothiazol-5-yl) propionic acid ethyl ester
Of 3- (2-bromothiazol-5-yl) propionic acid ethyl ester (3.57 g, 19.3 mmol) synthesized by a method according to the method described in J. Med. Chem., 2007, 50, p6303 N-chlorosuccinimide (2.83 g, 21.3 mmol) was added to the DMF (50 mL) solution under a nitrogen atmosphere, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight and then at 80 ° C. for 5 hours. The residue obtained by evaporating the solvent was purified by silica gel column chromatography (hexane / ethyl acetate) to obtain a chloro compound (2.63 g, yield 62%). N-bromosuccinimide (4.2 g, 23.7 mmol) was added to a DMF (30 mL) solution of the obtained chloro compound (2.6 g, 11.9 mmol) in a nitrogen atmosphere, and the mixture was stirred at 80 ° C. for 2 days. The residue obtained by evaporating the solvent was purified by silica gel column chromatography (hexane / ethyl acetate) to obtain the title compound (886 mg, yield 28%).

(B) 3- (4-Chloro-2-phenylthiazol-5-yl) propionic acid ethyl ester Compound (440 mg, 1.47 mmol) obtained in Example 7 (a) and phenylboronic acid (180 mg, 1. To a solution of 47 mmol) in DMF (7 mL), 2M-aqueous sodium carbonate solution (2.2 mL, 4.42 mmol) and tetrakistriphenylphosphine palladium (85 mg, 0.074 mmol) were added, and the mixture was stirred at 80 ° C. for 3 hours. Water was added to the reaction mixture, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with 1N-hydrochloric acid, aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution and saturated brine, and dried over sodium sulfate. The residue obtained by evaporating the solvent was purified by silica gel column chromatography (hexane / ethyl acetate) to obtain the title compound (224 mg, yield 51%).
¹ H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl ₃ ): δ (ppm) = 7.90-7.86 (2H, m), 7.44-7.41 (3H, m), 4.17 (2H, q, J = 7.0Hz), 3.16 (2H, t , J = 7.3Hz), 2.69 (2H, t, J = 7.4Hz), 1.27 (3H, t, J = 7.4Hz).

(C) 4- [3- (4-Chloro-2-phenylthiazol-5-yl) propanoyl] amino-1-methylpyrrole-3-carboxylic acid Compound (344 mg, 1) obtained in Example 7 (b) 0.06 mmol) in ethanol (15 mL) was added 1M aqueous sodium hydroxide solution (3.8 mL, 5.3 mmol) and stirred overnight at room temperature. 1M-hydrochloric acid (5.0 mL, 7.0 mmol) was added to the reaction solution, and the generated solid was collected by filtration and washed with water to obtain a carboxylic acid compound (178 mg, yield 88%).
Using the obtained carboxylic acid compound and the compound obtained in Example 1 (a), the reaction was carried out in the same manner as in Example 1 (c) to obtain the title compound as a colorless powder.
¹ H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d ₆ ): δ (ppm) = 9.36 (1H, s), 7.84 (2H, dd, J = 6.5 and 3.0 Hz), 7.49 (3H, t, J = 3.1 Hz), 7.25 (1H, d, J = 2.3Hz), 7.20 (1H, d, J = 2.8Hz), 3.59 (3H, s), 3.10 (2H, t, J = 7.0Hz), 2.76 (2H, t, J = 7.0Hz).
MS m / z: 390 (M + H) ⁺ .

(Example 8)
4- {3- [4-Chloro-2- (4-hydroxyphenyl) thiazol-5-yl] propanoyl} amino-1-methylpyrrole-3-carboxylic acid

(A) 3- [4-Chloro-2- (4-methoxyphenyl) thiazol-5-yl] propionic acid ethyl ester Using the compound obtained in Example 7 (a) and p-methoxyphenylboronic acid, The reaction was carried out in the same manner as in Example 7 (b) to obtain the title compound.
¹ H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl ₃ ): δ (ppm) = 7.81 (2H, dt, J = 9.5 and 2.5 Hz), 6.93 (2H, dt, J = 9.4 and 2.4 Hz), 4.17 (2H, q, J = 7.0Hz), 3.85 (3H, s), 3.13 (2H, t, J = 7.1Hz), 2.67 (2H, t, J = 7.4Hz), 1.27 (3H, t, J = 7.1Hz).

(B) 4- {3- [4-Chloro-2- (4-hydroxyphenyl) thiazol-5-yl] propanoyl} amino-1-methylpyrrole-3-carboxylic acid obtained in Example 8 (a) Using the compound and the compound obtained in Example 1 (a), the reaction was carried out in the same manner as in Example 7 (c) and 1 (d) to obtain the title compound as a colorless powder.
¹ H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d ₆ ): δ (ppm) = 10.1 (1H, brs), 9.36 (1H, brs), 7.69 (2H, d, J = 8.6 Hz), 7.27 (1H, d, J = 2.4Hz), 7.23 (1H, d, J = 2.7Hz), 6.86 (2H, dd, J = 8.6 and 1.1Hz), 3.61 (3H, s), 3.08 (2H, t, J = 6.9Hz), 2.75 (2H, t, J = 7.0Hz).
MS m / z: 404 (M-H) ^- .

Example 9
4- {3- [2- (4-Hydroxy-3-fluorophenyl) thiazol-5-yl] propanoyl} amino-1-methylpyrrole-3-carboxylic acid

Using the compound obtained in Example 7 (a) and 3-fluoro-4-methoxyphenylboronic acid, a reaction was carried out in the same manner as in Example 7 (b) to obtain an ester compound. Using the obtained ester compound and the compound obtained in Example 1 (a), the reaction was carried out in the same manner as in Examples 7 (c) and 1 (d) to obtain the title compound as a colorless powder.
¹ H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d ₆ ): δ (ppm) = 12.2 (1H, brs), 10.4 (1H, s), 9.34 (1H, s), 7.61 (1H, d, J = 8.3 Hz), 7.59 (1H, s), 7.50 (1H, d, J = 8.3Hz), 7.28 (1H, d, J = 2.3Hz), 7.23 (1H, d, J = 2.3Hz), 7.03 (1H, t, J = 8.8Hz), 3.61 (3H, s), 3.14 (2H, t, J = 7.0Hz), 2.76 (2H, t, J = 7.0Hz).
MS m / z: 388 (M-H) ^- .

(Example 10)
4- {3- [2- (3-Chloro-4-hydroxyphenyl) thiazol-5-yl] propanoyl} amino-1-methylpyrrole-3-carboxylic acid

Using the compound obtained in Example 7 (a) and 3-chloro-4-methoxyphenylboronic acid, the reaction was carried out in the same manner as in Example 7 (b) to obtain an ester compound. Using the obtained ester compound and the compound obtained in Example 1 (a), the reaction was carried out in the same manner as in Examples 7 (c) and 1 (d) to obtain the title compound as a colorless powder.
¹ H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d ₆ ): δ (ppm) = 12.2 (1H, brs), 10.8 (1H, s), 9.34 (1H, s), 7.80 (1H, d, J = 1.9 Hz), 7.64 (1H, dd, J = 8.6, 1.9Hz), 7.60 (1H, s), 7.28 (1H, d, J = 2.3Hz), 7.23 (1H, d, J = 2.3Hz), 7.05 (1H, d , J = 8.6Hz), 3.61 (3H, s), 3.14 (2H, t, J = 7.0Hz), 2.76 (2H, t, J = 7.0Hz).
MS m / z: 404 (M-H) ^- .

(Example 11)
4- {3- [2- (5-hydroxypyridin-2-yl) oxazol-5-yl] propanoyl} amino-1-butylpyrrole-3-carboxylic acid

(A) N-butylglycine-t-butyl ester n-butylamine (5 mL, 51 mmol) is dissolved in t-butyl methyl ether (100 mL), and bromoacetic acid t-butyl ester (3.7 mL, 25 mmol) is added to room temperature. Stir overnight. The resulting precipitate was filtered, and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to give the title compound (4.67 g, yield 100%) as a colorless oil.

(B) 4-Amino-1-butylpyrrole-3-carboxylic acid ethyl ester hydrochloride Using the compound obtained in Example 11 (a), the reaction was conducted in the same manner as in Example 1 (a) to give the title compound Was obtained as a yellow powder.
¹ H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d ₆ ): δ (ppm) = 7.55 (1H, d, J = 2.3 Hz), 7.04 (1H, d, J = 2.3 Hz), 4.22 (2H, q, J = 7.1 Hz), 3.95 (2H, t, J = 7.3Hz), 1.70-1.63 (2H, m), 1.29 (3H, t, J = 7.1Hz), 1.19 (2H, q, J = 7.5Hz), 0.88 ( 3H, t, J = 7.5Hz).

(C) 3- [2- (5-Methoxypyridin-2-yl) oxazol-5-yl] propionic acid The reaction was carried out in the same manner as in Examples 4 (a) and 4 (b) using 5-methoxypicolinic acid. The title compound was obtained.
¹ H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl ₃ ): δ (ppm) = 8.42 (1 H, d, J = 2.3 Hz), 8.08 (1 H, d, J = 9.0 Hz), 7.33 (1 H, t, J = 4.1 Hz) 6.96 (1H, s), 3.93 (3H, s), 3.13 (2H, t, J = 7.8Hz), 2.88 (2H, t, J = 7.6Hz).

(D) 4- {3- [2- (5-hydroxypyridin-2-yl) oxazol-5-yl] propanoyl} amino-1-butylpyrrole-3-carboxylic acid obtained in Example 11 (b) Using the compound and the compound obtained in Example 11 (c), the reaction was carried out in the same manner as in Examples 1 (c) and 1 (d) to obtain the title compound as a colorless powder.
¹ H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d ₆ ): δ (ppm) = 10.5 (1H, brs), 9.41 (1H, s), 8.21 (1H, d, J = 2.7 Hz), 7.89 (1H, d, J = 8.9Hz), 7.31-7.25 (3H, m), 7.03 (1H, s), 3.88 (2H, t, J = 7.0Hz), 3.03 (2H, t, J = 7.6Hz), 2.77 (2H, t , J = 7.4Hz), 1.65 (2H, t, J = 7.2Hz), 1.20 (2H, q, J = 7.8Hz), 0.87 (3H, t, J = 7.4Hz).
MS m / z: 397 (M-H) ^- .

(Example 12)
4- {3- [3- (4-Hydroxyphenyl) -1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl] propanoyl} amino-1-ethylpyrrole-3-carboxylic acid

(A) 4-amino-1-ethylpyrrole-3-carboxylic acid ethyl ester hydrochloride The title compound was reacted in the same manner as in Examples 11 (a) and 1 (a) using a 2N-THF solution of ethylamine. Was obtained as a pale yellow powder.
¹ H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d ₆ ): δ (ppm) = 9.81 (2H, brs), 7.58 (1H, d, J = 2.3 Hz), 7.05 (1H, s), 4.23 (2H, q, J = 7.0Hz), 3.98 (2H, q, J = 7.0Hz), 1.32 (3H, t, J = 7.0Hz), 1.28 (3H, t, J = 7.0Hz).

(B) 3- [3- (4-Methoxyphenyl) -1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl] propionic acid The reaction was conducted in the same manner as in Example 3 (b) using 4-methoxybenzamidoxime. The title compound was obtained as a colorless powder.
¹ H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl ₃ ): δ (ppm) = 7.99 (2H, d, J = 9.0 Hz), 6.98 (2H, d, J = 9.0 Hz), 3.86 (3H, s), 3.24 (2H, t, J = 7.4Hz), 3.00 (2H, t, J = 7.4Hz).

(C) 4- {3- [3- (4-Hydroxyphenyl) -1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl] propanoyl} amino-1-ethylpyrrole-3-carboxylic acid Example 12 (a ) And the compound obtained in Example 12 (b) were used in the same manner as in Examples 1 (c) and 1 (d) to obtain the title compound as a colorless powder.
¹ H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d ₆ ): δ (ppm) = 12.3 (1H, brs), 10.1 (1H, s), 9.50 (1H, s), 7.82 (2H, d, J = 8.6 Hz), 7.28 (2H, s), 6.90 (2H, d, J = 8.6Hz), 3.89 (2H, q, J = 7.2Hz), 3.22 (2H, t, J = 6.9Hz), 2.97 (2H, t, J = 6.9Hz), 1.28 (3H, t, J = 7.2Hz).
MS m / z: 371 (M + H) ⁺ .

(Example 13)
4- {3- [2- (4-hydroxyphenyl) thiazol-5-yl] propanoyl} amino-1-ethylpyrrole-3-carboxylic acid

Using the compound obtained in Example 12 (a) and the compound obtained in Example 6 (a), the reaction was carried out in the same manner as in Examples 1 (c) and 1 (d). Got as.
¹ H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d ₆ ): δ (ppm) = 9.36 (1H, s), 7.70 (2H, d, J = 8.6 Hz), 7.58 (1H, s), 7.34 (1H, d, J = 2.3Hz), 7.30 (1H, d, J = 2.3Hz), 6.85 (2H, d, J = 8.6Hz), 3.92 (2H, q, J = 7.0Hz), 3.13 (2H, t, J = 7.0 Hz), 2.76 (2H, t, J = 7.0Hz), 1.31 (3H, t, J = 7.0Hz).
MS m / z: 386 (M + H) ⁺ .

(Example 14)
4- [3- (2-Phenylthiazol-5-yl) propanoyl] amino-1- (2-fluoroethyl) pyrrole-3-carboxylic acid

(A) 4-Amino-1- (2-fluoroethyl) pyrrole-3-carboxylic acid ethyl ester hydrochloride The reaction is carried out in the same manner as in Examples 11 (a) and 1 (a) using 2-fluoroethylamine. The title compound was obtained as a pale yellow powder.
¹ H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d ₆ ): δ (ppm) = 9.79 (2H, brs), 7.58 (1H, d, J = 2.4 Hz), 7.08 (1H, s), 4.75 (1H, t, J = 4.5Hz), 4.63 (1H, t, J = 4.5Hz), 4.34 (1H, t, J = 4.5Hz), 4.27 (1H, t, J = 4.5Hz), 4.24 (2H, q, J = 7.1 Hz), 1.29 (3H, t, J = 7.1 Hz).

(B) 4- [3- (2-Phenylthiazol-5-yl) propanoyl] amino-1- (2-fluoroethyl) pyrrole-3-carboxylic acid Compound obtained in Example 14 (a) and Example Using the compound obtained in 5 (a), the reaction was carried out in the same manner as in Example 1 (c) to obtain the title compound as a colorless powder.
¹ H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d ₆ ): δ (ppm) = 12.3 (1H, brs), 9.37 (1H, s), 7.87 (2H, dd, J = 7.8, 1.6Hz), 7.69 (1H, s ), 7.51-7.46 (3H, m), 7.40 (1H, d, J = 2.3Hz), 7.32 (1H, d, J = 2.4Hz), 4.72 (1H, t, J = 4.5Hz), 4.61 (1H , t, J = 4.7Hz), 4.26 (1H, t, J = 4.5Hz), 4.19 (1H, t, J = 4.7Hz), 3.17 (2H, t, J = 7.1Hz), 2.80 (2H, t , J = 7.1Hz).
MS m / z: 388 (M + H) ⁺ .

(Example 15)
4- {3-[(5-hydroxypyridin-2-yl) -1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl] propanoyl} amino-1- (3,5-difluorobenzyl) pyrrole-3-carbon acid

(A) 4-amino-1- (3,5-difluorobenzyl) pyrrole-3-carboxylic acid ethyl ester hydrochloride With Examples 3, 11 (a) and 1 (a) using 3,5-difluorobenzylamine The reaction was conducted in the same manner to obtain the title compound as a pale yellow powder.
¹ H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d ₆ ): δ (ppm) = 9.86 (2H, brs), 7.74 (1H, d, J = 2.4Hz), 7.27-7.21 (1H, m), 7.18 (1H, d , J = 2.4Hz), 7.11-7.07 (2H, m), 5.20 (2H, s), 4.23 (2H, q, J = 7.1Hz), 1.29 (3H, t, J = 7.1Hz).

(B) 4- {3-[(5-hydroxypyridin-2-yl) -1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl] propanoyl} amino-1- (3,5-difluorobenzyl) pyrrole- 3-Carboxylic acid Using the compound obtained in Example 15 (a) and the compound obtained in Example 3 (b), the reaction was conducted in the same manner as in Examples 1 (c) and 3 (d). The compound was obtained as a colorless powder.
¹ H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d ₆ ): δ (ppm) = 12.4 (1H, brs), 10.6 (1H, s), 9.45 (1H, s), 8.27 (1H, d, J = 2.8 Hz), 7.90 (1H, d, J = 8.6Hz), 7.48 (1H, d, J = 2.3Hz), 7.36 (1H, d, J = 2.3Hz), 7.31 (1H, dd, J = 8.7, 2.8Hz), 7.20-7.15 (1H, m), 7.01 (2H, d, J = 6.7Hz), 5.11 (2H, s), 3.23 (2H, t, J = 6.9Hz), 2.99 (2H, t, J = 6.9Hz ).
MS m / z: 470 (M + H) ⁺ .

(Example 16)
4- {3-[(4-hydroxyphenyl) -1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl] propanoyl} amino-1- (3,5-difluorobenzyl) pyrrole-3-carboxylic acid

Using the compound obtained in Example 15 (a) and the compound obtained in Example 12 (b), the reaction was carried out in the same manner as in Examples 1 (c) and 1 (d). Got as.
¹ H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d ₆ ): δ (ppm) = 12.4 (1H, s), 10.1 (1H, s), 9.45 (1H, s), 7.81 (2H, d, J = 8.6 Hz), 7.48 (1H, d, J = 2.4Hz), 7.36 (1H, d, J = 2.4Hz), 7.21-7.16 (1H, m), 7.02 (2H, d, J = 6.2Hz), 6.90 (2H, d , J = 8.6Hz), 5.12 (2H, s), 3.21 (2H, t, J = 7.0Hz), 2.97 (2H, t, J = 7.0Hz).
MS m / z: 469 (M + H) ⁺ .

(Example 17)
5- {3-[(5-hydroxypyridin-2-yl) -1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl] propanoyl} amino-2-butylpyrazole-3-carboxylic acid

(A) 5-Amino-2-butylpyrazole-3-carboxylic acid ethyl ester Sodium hydride was added to a solution of 5-aminopyrazole-3-carboxylic acid ethyl ester (3.10 g, 20 mmol) in acetonitrile (100 mL) under a nitrogen atmosphere. (920 mg, 21 mmol) was added and stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes. The reaction mixture was ice-cooled, butyl iodide (2.3 mL, 20 mmol) was added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 hr and then at 60 ° C. for 1 hr. After standing overnight at room temperature, the solvent was distilled off, water was added, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with water and saturated brine, dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (hexane / ethyl acetate) to obtain the title compound (1.60 g, yield 38%) as a pale yellow oily substance.
¹ H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl ₃ ): δ (ppm) = 7.58 (1H, s), 4.66 (2H, brs), 4.27 (2H, q, J = 7.1 Hz), 3.90 (2H, t, J = 7.1 Hz), 1.84-1.76 (2H, m), 1.37-1.24 (5H, m), 0.94 (3H, t, J = 7.4 Hz).

(B) 5- {3-[(5-hydroxypyridin-2-yl) -1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl] propanoyl} amino-2-butylpyrazole-3-carboxylic acid Example 17 Using the compound obtained in (a) and the compound obtained in Example 3 (b), the reaction was carried out in the same manner as in Examples 1 (c) and 3 (d) to obtain the title compound as a colorless powder. .
¹ H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d ₆ ): δ (ppm) = 10.6 (1H, s), 8.28 (1H, d, J = 2.8 Hz), 8.19 (1H, s), 7.92 (1H, d, J = 8.6Hz), 7.32 (1H, dd, J = 8.4 and 3.0Hz), 4.04 (2H, t, J = 7.0Hz), 3.45-3.34 (2H, m), 3.22 (2H, t, J = 6.9Hz ), 1.74-1.71 (2H, m), 1.24-1.17 (2H, m), 0.87 (3H, t, J = 7.4Hz).

(Example 18)
4- {3- [2- (4-hydroxyphenyl) thiazol-5-yl] propanoyl} amino-1- (3-methoxypropyl) pyrrole-3-carboxylic acid

(A) 4-Amino-1- (3-methoxypropyl) pyrrole-3-carboxylic acid ethyl ester hydrochloride Using 3-methoxypropylamine, the reaction was carried out in the same manner as in Examples 11 (a) and 11 (b). The title compound was obtained.
¹ H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d ₆ ): δ (ppm) = 9.95 (2H, brs), 7.51 (1H, s), 7.07 (1H, s), 4.21 (2H, q, J = 7.1 Hz), 3.99 (2H, t, J = 7.1Hz), 3.24 (2H, t, J = 6.3Hz), 3.22 (3H, s), 1.95-1.90 (2H, m), 1.28 (3H, t, J = 7.1Hz ).

(B) 4- {3- [2- (4-Hydroxyphenyl) thiazol-5-yl] propanoyl} amino-1- (3-methoxypropyl) pyrrole-3-carboxylic acid obtained in Example 18 (a) Using the obtained compound and the compound obtained in Example 6 (a), the reaction was carried out in the same manner as in Examples 1 (c) and 1 (d) to obtain the title compound as a colorless powder.
¹ H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d ₆ ): δ (ppm) = 9.35 (1H, s), 7.68 (2H, d, J = 8.7 Hz), 7.55 (1H, s), 7.30 (1H, d, J = 2.4Hz), 7.25 (1H, d, J = 2.4Hz), 6.84 (2H, d, J = 8.7Hz), 3.92 (2H, t, J = 6.8Hz), 3.23 (2H, t, J = 6.1 Hz), 3.22 (3H, s), 3.12 (2H, t, J = 7.1Hz), 2.75 (2H, t, J = 7.1Hz), 1.93-1.88 (2H, m)
MS m / z: 430 (M + H) ⁺ .

(Example 19)
4- {3- [2- (4-Hydroxy-2-methylphenyl) thiazol-5-yl] propanoyl} amino-1-ethylpyrrole-3-carboxylic acid

3- (2-bromothiazol-5-yl) propionic acid ethyl ester synthesized in accordance with the method described in J. Med. Chem., 2007, 50, p6303 and obtained in Example 12 (b) Using the obtained compound, a reaction was carried out in the same manner as in Example 1 (c) -1 to obtain an amide compound. The reaction was performed in the same manner as in Example 7 (b) using the obtained amide compound and 2-methyl-4-methoxyphenylboronic acid. The obtained compound was used in the same manner as in Examples 1 (c) -2 and 1 (d) to obtain the title compound as a powder.
¹ H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d ₆ ): δ (ppm) = 12.2 (1H, brs), 9.79 (1H, s), 9.36 (1H, s), 7.61 (1H, s), 7.50 (1H, d , J = 8.6Hz), 7.34 (1H, d, J = 2.4Hz), 7.30 (1H, d, J = 2.4Hz), 6.71 (1H, d, J = 2.7Hz), 6.68 (1H, dd, J = 8.6, 2.7Hz), 3.92 (2H, q, J = 7.2Hz), 3.15 (2H, t, J = 7.2Hz), 2.76 (2H, t, J = 7.3Hz), 2.44 (3H, s), 1.31 (3H, t, J = 7.2Hz).
MS m / z: 398 (M-H) ^- .

(Example 20)
4- {3- [4-Chloro-2- (4-hydroxy-2,5-difluorophenyl) thiazol-5-yl] propanoyl} amino-1-ethylpyrrole-3-carboxylic acid

Using the compound obtained in Example 7 (a) and the compound obtained in Example 12 (b), a reaction was carried out in the same manner as in Example 1 (c) -1 to obtain an amide compound. The reaction was carried out in the same manner as in Example 7 (b) using the obtained amide compound and 2,5-difluoro-4-methoxyphenylboronic acid. The obtained compound was used in the same manner as in Examples 1 (c) -2 and 1 (d) to obtain the title compound as a colorless powder.
¹ H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d ₆ ): δ (ppm) = 12.2 (1H, brs), 11.0 (1H, s), 9.37 (1H, s), 7.33 (1H, d, J = 2.4 Hz), 7.30 (1H, d, J = 2.4Hz), 6.64 (2H, d, J = 10.6Hz), 3.92 (2H, q, J = 7.2Hz), 3.12 (2H, t, J = 7.0Hz), 2.78 ( 2H, t, J = 7.0Hz), 1.30 (3H, t, J = 7.2Hz).
MS m / z: 456 (M + H) ⁺ .

(Example 21)
4- {3- [4-Chloro-2- (2,4-dihydroxyphenyl) thiazol-5-yl] propanoyl} amino-1-ethylpyrrole-3-carboxylic acid

(A) 2,4-bis (methoxymethyleneoxy) phenylboronic acid Sodium hydride (10.64 g, 279 mmol) was added to DMF (200 mL), and 4-bromoresorcinol (24.74 g, 127 mmol) was suspended in DMF. The solution (50 mL) was added dropwise under ice cooling. After stirring for 1 hour, chloromethyl methyl ether (22.2 mL, 292 mmol) was added to the reaction mixture, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 13 hours. Water was added to the reaction mixture, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with water and saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and the solvent was evaporated. The resulting residue was purified by column chromatography (hexane / ethyl acetate) to obtain a colorless oil (33.5 g, yield 95%). The obtained compound (33.5 g, 121 mmol) was dissolved in 1,4-dioxane (450 mL), bis (pinacolato) diboron (61.4 g, 242 mmol), potassium acetate (35.6 g, 367 mmol), and PdCl ₂ (dppf) .CH ₂ Cl ₂ (14.8 g, 18.13 mmol) was added, and the mixture was stirred at 95 ° C. for 4 days. The reaction mixture was concentrated, water was added, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and the solvent was distilled off. The obtained residue was purified by column chromatography (hexane / ethyl acetate) to give the title compound (26.3 g, yield 67%) as a yellow oil.
¹ H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl ₃ ): δ (ppm) = 7.65 (1H, d, J = 7.8 Hz), 6.72 (1H, dd, J = 7.8, 2.3 Hz), 6.70 (1H, d, J = 2.3 Hz), 5.19 (2H, s), 5.18 (2H, s), 3.52 (3H, s), 3.47 (3H, s), 1.33 (12H, s).

(B) 4- {3- [4-Chloro-2- (2,4-bis (methoxymethyleneoxy) phenyl) thiazol-5-yl] propanoyl} amino-1-ethylpyrrole-3-carboxylic acid Example 7 Using the compound obtained in (a) and the compound obtained in Example 12 (b), a reaction was carried out in the same manner as in Example 1 (c) -1 to obtain an amide compound. Using the obtained amide compound and the compound obtained in Example 21 (a), the reaction was carried out in the same manner as in Example 7 (b) to obtain the title compound as a powder.
¹ H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl ₃ ): δ (ppm) = 9.34 (1H, brs), 8.25 (1H, d, J = 8.6Hz), 7.44 (1H, d, J = 2.4Hz), 7.09 (1H, d, J = 2.4Hz), 6.89 (1H, d, J = 2.4Hz), 6.79 (1H, dd, J = 8.6, 2.4Hz), 5.34 (2H, s), 5.21 (2H, s), 4.27 ( 2H, q, J = 7.0Hz), 3.90 (2H, q, J = 7.5Hz), 3.50 (6H, s), 3.24 (2H, t, J = 7.6Hz), 2.75 (2H, t, J = 7.6 Hz), 1.44 (3H, t, J = 7.4 Hz), 1.34 (3H, t, J = 7.1 Hz).

(C) 4- {3- [4-Chloro-2- (2,4-dihydroxyphenyl) thiazol-5-yl] propanoyl} amino-1-ethylpyrrole-3-carboxylic acid obtained in Example 22 (b) Using the obtained compound, the reaction was carried out in the same manner as in Example 1 (c) -1, the obtained carboxylic acid compound (1.06 g, 2.03 mmol) was dissolved in methanol (15 mL), and 4N dioxane hydrochloride solution ( 4.5 mL) was added. After stirring at room temperature for 2 hours, the reaction solution was concentrated. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (dichloromethane / methanol) to obtain the title compound (490 mg, yield 55%) as a white solid.
¹ H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d ₆ ): δ (ppm) = 12.2 (1H, brs), 10.9 (1H, brs), 9.93 (1H, s), 9.37 (1H, s), 7.85 (1H, d , J = 8.6Hz), 7.33 (1H, d, J = 2.3Hz), 7.30 (1H, d, J = 2.3Hz), 6.43 (1H, d, J = 2.4Hz), 6.37 (1H, dd, J = 8.6, 2.4Hz), 3.92 (2H, q, J = 7.0Hz), 3.06 (2H, t, J = 7.2Hz), 2.73 (2H, t, J = 7.2Hz), 1.31 (3H, t, J = 7.2Hz).
MS m / z: 436 (M + H) ^<+> .

(Example 22)
4- {3- [2- (4-hydroxyphenyl) thiazol-5-yl] -2-fluoropropanoyl} amino-1-ethylpyrrole-3-carboxylic acid

(A) 4-amino-1-ethylpyrrole-3-carboxylic acid allyl ester hydrochloride The compound obtained in Example 12 (a) and the method described in J. Chem. Soc. Section C, 1971, 1501 The reaction was conducted in the same manner as in Example 12 (b) using allyl 2- (ethoxymethylene) -2-cyanoacetate synthesized from allyl cyanoacetate and triethyl orthoformate by a similar method to obtain the title compound as a pale yellow powder. It was.
¹ H NMR (400 MHz, MeOH-d4): δ (ppm) = 7.51 (1H, d, J = 2.4 Hz), 7.02 (1H, d, J = 2.4 Hz), 6.09-6.01 (1H, m), 5.41 -5.36 (1H, m), 5.28-5.25 (1H, m), 4.78-4.76 (2H, m), 4.03 (2H, q, J = 7.2Hz), 1.43 (3H, t, J = 7.4Hz).

(B) 5-hydroxymethyl-2- (4-methoxyphenyl) thiazole (b) -1
To a DMF solution (400 mL) of 2-bromothiazole (20.00 g, 121.94 mmol) and 4-methoxyphenylboric acid (25.94 g, 170.71 mmol), palladium acetate (0.82 g, 3.66 mmol), Phenylphosphine (4.80 g, 18.29 mmol) and 2M aqueous sodium carbonate solution (183.0 mL, 366.0 mmol) were added, and the mixture was stirred at 100 ° C. for 3 hr. Water was added to the reaction mixture, and the mixture was extracted with a mixed solvent of ethyl acetate and toluene (1: 1). The extract was washed with water and saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (hexane / ethyl acetate) to obtain a thiazole compound (20.40 g, yield 88%) as a yellow oily substance.
N-Butyllithium (2.64 M hexane solution, 52.5 mL, 138.67 mmol) was added dropwise at −78 ° C. to a THF solution (500 mL) of the obtained thiazole compound (20.40 g, 106.67 mmol). After stirring for 2 hours, DMF (16.4 mL, 213.33 mmol) was added dropwise, and the mixture was warmed to 0 ° C. and stirred for 2 hours. Acetic acid (7.9 mL, 138.67 mmol) was added dropwise and the solvent was distilled off. The residue was dissolved in ethyl acetate, and water was added for liquid separation. Further, the aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate, and the combined organic layer was washed with water and saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated. The residue was recrystallized from diisopropyl ether to obtain an aldehyde compound (18.31 g, yield 78%) as a yellow powder.

(B) -2
The aldehyde compound (18.31 g, 83.51 mmol) obtained in Example 22 (b) -1 was dissolved in THF (150 mL) and methanol (100 mL), and sodium borohydride (3.16 g, 83) was added at 0 ° C. .51 mmol) was added and stirred for 15 minutes. A 10% aqueous citric acid solution was added, the solvent was distilled off, and the mixture was extracted twice with ethyl acetate. The combined organic layers were washed with water and saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated to give the title compound (18.2 g, yield 99%) as a white solid.
¹ H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl ₃ ): δ (ppm) = 7.87 (2H, d, J = 9.0 Hz), 7.65 (1H, s), 6.96 (2H, d, 9.0 Hz), 4.88 (2H, s) , 3.86 (3H, s).

(C) 5-bromomethyl-2- (4-methoxyphenyl) thiazole Carbon tetrabromide was added to a dichloromethane solution (500 mL) of the compound obtained in Example 22 (b) (18.20 g, 82.25 mmol) at room temperature. (21.86 g, 83.35 mmol) and triphenylphosphine (27.64 g, 83.53 mmol) were added and stirred for 15 minutes. The solvent was distilled off, and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (hexane / ethyl acetate) to obtain the title compound (21.53 g, yield 100%) as a pale yellow solid.
¹ H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl ₃ ): δ (ppm) = 7.86 (2H, d, J = 9.0 Hz), 7.73 (1H, s), 6.95 (2H, d, J = 9.0 Hz), 4.75 (2H, s), 3.86 (3H, s).

(D) 3- [2- (4-Methoxyphenyl) thiazol-5-yl] -2-fluoropropionic acid To a THF solution (250 mL) of fluoromalonic acid diethyl ester (14.18 g, 79.57 mmol) at room temperature. Potassium t-butoxide was added and stirred for 10 minutes, then cooled to 0 ° C., and a solution of the compound obtained in Example 22 (c) (21.53 g, 75.78 mmol) in THF (50 mL) was added and the temperature was raised to room temperature. did. After stirring at room temperature for 2 hours, acetic acid (0.87 mL, 15.16 mmol) was added, the solvent was distilled off, water was added, and the mixture was extracted twice with ethyl acetate. The combined organic layers were washed with saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (hexane / ethyl acetate) to obtain a diester compound (21.50 g, yield 74%) as a yellow oily substance.
To an ethanol solution (400 mL) of the obtained diester compound (21.50 g, 56.37 mmol) was added 1M sodium hydroxide aqueous solution (140 mL, 140 mmol), and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. 5M hydrochloric acid was added to acidify the reaction solution, the solvent was distilled off until the reaction solution was halved, and the deposited precipitate was collected by filtration. The filtrate was extracted twice with ethyl acetate, and the combined organic layers were washed with saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and concentrated. The residue and the precipitate collected by filtration were combined, dissolved in 1,4-dioxane (250 mL) and xylene (250 mL), and stirred at 130 ° C. for 20 hours. After the solvent was distilled off, the residue was washed with acetonitrile to obtain the title compound (14.18 g, yield 89%) as a colorless powder.
¹ H NMR (400MHz, CD3OD): δ (ppm) = 7.82 (2H, d, J = 9.0Hz), 7.59 (1H, s), 7.01 (2H, d, J = 9.0Hz), 5.23 (1H, ddd , 3.9, 6.3 and 48.1 Hz), 3.85 (3H, s), 3.60-3.40 (2H, m).

(E) 4- {3- [2- (4-Methoxyphenyl) thiazol-5-yl] -2-fluoropropanoyl} amino-1-ethylpyrrole-3-carboxylic acid obtained in Example 22 (d) To a DMF solution (300 mL) of the compound obtained in Example 22 (a) (11.62 g, 50.41 mmol) and HATU (23.00 g, 60) at 0 ° C. .49 mmol) and triethylamine (21.1 mL, 151.23 mmol) were added, and the mixture was warmed to room temperature and stirred for 1 hour. Water was added to the reaction mixture, and the mixture was extracted twice with ethyl acetate. The combined organic layers were washed with saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (hexane / ethyl acetate) to obtain an amide compound (19.91 g, yield 86%) as a yellow candy-like substance.
To the acetonitrile solution (250 mL) of the obtained amide compound (19.82 g, 43.32 mmol), morpholine (7.9 mL, 90.97 mmol) and tetrakistriphenylphosphine palladium (2.50 g, 2.17 mmol) were added at room temperature. And stirred for 6.5 hours. 5M hydrochloric acid was added to acidify the reaction solution, and the deposited precipitate was collected by filtration. The precipitate was washed with dichloromethane to obtain the title compound (17.43 g, yield 96%) as a pale yellow powder.
¹ H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d ₆ ): δ (ppm) = 10.0 (1H, brs), 7.81 (2H, d, J = 9.0 Hz), 7.65 (1H, s) 7.38 (1H, d, J = 2.4Hz), 7.34 (1H, d, J = 2.4Hz), 7.03 (2H, d, J = 9.0Hz), 5.49 (1H, ddd, J = 3.9, 6.7 and 48.5Hz), 3.94 (2H, q, 7.0Hz), 3.81 (3H, s), 3.63-3.42 (2H, m), 1.32 (3H, t, J = 7.0Hz).

(F) 4- {3- [2- (4-hydroxyphenyl) thiazol-5-yl] -2-fluoropropanoyl} amino-1-ethylpyrrole-3-carboxylic acid obtained in Example 22 (d) The title compound was obtained as a pale yellow powder in the same manner as in Example 1 (d).
¹ H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d ₆ ): δ (ppm) = 10.0 (1H, brs), 7.70 (2H, d, J = 8.6 Hz), 7.60 (1H, s) 7.37 (1H, d, J = 2.7Hz), 7.33 (1H, d, J = 2.7Hz), 6.84 (2H, d, J = 8.6Hz), 5.48 (1H, ddd, J = 3.1, 6.3 and 47.3Hz), 3.94 (2H, q, 7.0Hz), 3.61-3.40 (2H, m), 1.31 (3H, t, J = 7.0Hz)
MS m / z: 403 (M + H) ^<+> .

(Example 23)
(−)-4- {3- [2- (4-hydroxyphenyl) thiazol-5-yl] -2-fluoropropanoyl} amino-1-ethylpyrrole-3-carboxylic acid, and (+)-4 -{3- [2- (4-hydroxyphenyl) thiazol-5-yl] -2-fluoropropanoyl} amino-1-ethylpyrrole-3-carboxylic acid (±) -4- obtained in Example 22 {3- [2- (4-Hydroxyphenyl) thiazol-5-yl] -2-fluoropropanoyl} amino-1-ethylpyrrole-3-carboxylic acid was subjected to high performance liquid chromatography (HPLC) to give the title compound Got.
The HPLC conditions for preparative and analytical are shown below.

Condition (1) (For preparative use)
Column: CHIRALPAK IC, 2.5cmφ X 25cm
Mobile phase: Hexane / ethanol / trifluoroacetic acid (70/30 / 0.1) (V / V / V)
Flow rate: 15ml / min
Detector: UV (254nm)
Column temperature: 25 ° C
Sample concentration: Racemic body 100mg / (Hexane: Ethanol (1: 1) (V / V)) Mixture 10ml
Sample injection volume: 1ml
Condition (2) (for analysis)
Column: CHIRALPAK IC, 0.46cmφ X 25cm
Mobile phase: Hexane / ethanol / trifluoroacetic acid (70/30 / 0.1) (V / V / V)
Flow rate: 1.0ml / min
Detector: UV (254nm)
Column temperature: 25 ° C

(A) (-)-4- {3- [2- (4-hydroxyphenyl) thiazol-5-yl] -2-fluoropropanoyl} amino-1-ethylpyrrole-3-carboxylic acid Properties: pale yellow solid Retention time in condition (2): 6.1min
[α] ^D ₂₀ : −135.6 ° (c = 1.00, ethanol)
¹ H NMR: (±) -4- [3- {2- (4-hydroxyphenyl) thiazol-5-yl} -2-fluoropropanoyl] amino-1-ethylpyrrole-3-carboxylic acid of Example 22 Same as

(B) (+)-4- {3- [2- (4-Hydroxyphenyl) thiazol-5-yl] -2-fluoropropanoyl} amino-1-ethylpyrrole-3-carboxylic acid Properties: pale yellow solid Retention time in condition (2): 7.2min
[α] ^D ₂₀ : + 140.6 ° (c = 1.00, ethanol)
¹ H NMR: (±) -4- [3- {2- (4-hydroxyphenyl) thiazol-5-yl} -2-fluoropropanoyl] amino-1-ethylpyrrole-3-carboxylic acid of Example 22 Same as

(Example 24)
4- {3- (4-Phenyl-5-methylimidazol-1-yl) propanoyl} amino-1-ethylpyrrole-3-carboxylic acid

(A) 4- [3- (4-Phenyl-5-methylimidazol-1-yl) propanoyl] amino-1-ethylpyrrole-3-carboxylic acid ethyl ester 4-bromo-5-methylimidazole (300 mg, 1. 86 mmol) in acetonitrile (3 mL) and ethyl acrylate (242 μL, 2.24 mmol) and polystyrene-1,5,7-triazabicyclo [4,4,0] dec-5-ene (72 mg, 0.19 mmol) And stirred at room temperature for 16 hours and at 60 ° C. for 8 hours. Filtration and concentration gave the adduct as a mixture of isomers (6: 1).
To a 1,4-dioxane solution (4 mL) of the obtained adduct (253.2 mg, 0.97 mmol) and phenylboric acid (141.9 mg, 1.16 mmol), tetrakistriphenylphosphine palladium (56.0 mg, 0. 05 mmol) and a 2M-sodium carbonate aqueous solution (1.5 mL, 3.0 mmol) were added, and the reaction was carried out using a microwave reactor (140 ° C., 30 minutes). The reaction mixture was acidified by adding 5M hydrochloric acid and concentrated.
To a DMF solution (6 mL) of the obtained residue and the compound (212.1 mg, 0.97 mmol) obtained in Example 12 (b), HATU (479.5 mg, 1.26 mmol) and triethylamine (540 μL) were added at 0 ° C. , 3.88 mmol), and the mixture was warmed to room temperature and stirred for 1 hour. Water was added to the reaction mixture, and the mixture was extracted twice with ethyl acetate. The combined organic layers were washed with saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and concentrated. The obtained residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (NH, hexane / ethyl acetate) to obtain the title compound (140.0 mg, 3 step yield: 37%) as a yellow candy-like substance.
¹ H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl ₃ ): δ (ppm) = 9.35 (1H, brs), 7.63 (2H, dd, J = 1, 2 and 8.2 Hz), 7.56 (1H, s), 7.39 (2H, dd , J = 7.4 and 8.2Hz), 7.38 (1H, d, J = 2.4Hz), 7.24 (1H, tt, J = 1.2 and 7.4Hz), 7.08 (1H, d, J = 2.4Hz), 4.33 (2H , t, J = 7.0Hz), 4.25 (2H, q, J = 7.4Hz), 3.90 (2H, q, J = 7.4Hz), 2.82 (2H, t, J = 7.0Hz), 2.43 (3H, s ), 1.44 (3H, t, J = 7.4Hz), 1.32 (3H, t, J = 7.4Hz).

(B) 4- [3- (4-Phenyl-5-methylimidazol-1-yl) propanoyl] amino-1-ethylpyrrole-3-carboxylic acid The compound (140.0 mg) obtained in Example 24 (a) , 0.38 mmol) in ethanol solution (2.0 mL) was added 1M lithium hydroxide aqueous solution (1.14 mL, 1.14 mmol), and the mixture was stirred at 70 ° C. for 3 hours. The mixture was neutralized with 5M hydrochloric acid, the solvent was distilled off, and the residue was purified by reverse phase liquid chromatography (acetonitrile / water) to obtain the title compound (68.2 mg, yield 45%) as a colorless powder.
¹ H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d ₆ ): δ (ppm) = 9.35 (1H, brs), 7.61 (1H, s), 7.58 (2H, dd, J = 1,2 and 8.6Hz), 7.36 (1H , dd, J = 7.4 and 8.6Hz), 7.33 (1H, d, J = 2.4Hz), 7.29 (1H, d, J = 2.4 Hz), 7.20 (1H, tt, J = 1.2 and 7.4Hz), 4.22 (2H, t, J = 6.7Hz), 3.91 (2H, q, J = 7.0Hz), 2.90 (2H, t, J = 6.7Hz), 2.39 (3H, s), 1.30 (3H, t, J = 7.0Hz).
MS m / z: 367 (M + H) ⁺ .

(Example 25)
4- {3- [3- (4-hydroxyphenyl) -4-ethylisoxazol-5-yl] propanoyl} amino-1-ethylpyrrole-3-carboxylic acid

(A) 4-amino-1-ethylpyrrole-3-carboxylic acid benzyl ester hydrochloride The compound obtained in Example 11 (a) and the method described in J. Chem. Soc. Section C, 1971, 1501 The reaction was conducted in the same manner as in Example 11 (b) using 2- (ethoxymethylene) -2-cyanoacetic acid benzyl synthesized from benzyl cyanoacetate and triethylorthoformate in a similar manner, and the title compound was prepared as a pale yellow powder. Obtained.
¹ H NMR (500 MHz, MeOH-d4): δ (ppm) = 7.51 (1H, d, J = 2.4 Hz), 7.44 (2H, d, J = 6.9 Hz), 7.38-7.31 (3H, m), 7.02 (1H, d, J = 2.4Hz), 5.31 (2H, s), 4.02 (2H, t, J = 7.4Hz), 1.42 (3H, t, J = 7.4Hz).

(B) 3- [3- (4-Benzyloxyphenyl) -4-bromoisoxazol-5-yl] propionic acid 1- (benzyloxy) -4-ethynylbenzene (12.97 g, 62.28 mmol) and To a toluene solution (700 mL) of 4-nitrobutanoic acid methyl ester (13.74 g, 93.42 mmol), 1,4-phenylene diisocyanate (19.95 g, 124.56 mmol) and triethylamine (26.0 mL, 186.73 mmol) were obtained. ) And stirred at 110 ° C. for 6 hours. After filtering through Celite and distilling off the solvent, it was washed with diisopropyl ether to obtain an isoxazole compound (14.50 g, yield 69%) as a colorless powder.
N-bromosuccinimide (15.37 g, 86.33 mmol) was added to a DMF solution (220 mL) of the obtained isoxazole compound (27.73 g, 82.22 mmol) at room temperature, and the mixture was stirred for 5.5 hours. Water (70 mL) was added to the reaction solution, and the precipitated crude crystals were collected by filtration to obtain a bromo compound as an off-white powder.
The obtained bromo compound was dissolved in methanol (400 mL) and THF (100 mL), 3M-aqueous sodium hydroxide solution (55 mL, 165 mmol) was added, and the mixture was stirred at 60 ° C. for 1.5 hr. 5M Hydrochloric acid was added to acidify the reaction solution, and the precipitated crude crystals were collected by filtration to obtain the title compound as a colorless powder (32.20 g, 2-step yield 97%).
¹ H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl ₃ ): δ (ppm) = 7.97 (2H, d, J = 8.8Hz), 7.45-7.33 (5H, m), 7.08 (2H, d, J = 8.8Hz), 5.13 ( 2H, s), 3.03 (2H, t, J = 8.3 Hz), 2.91 (2H, t, J = 8.3 Hz).

(C) 4- {3- [3- (4-Benzyloxyphenyl) -4-vinylisoxazol-5-yl] propanoyl} amino-1-ethylpyrrole-3-carboxylic acid benzyl ester Example 25 (b) ) And a DMF solution (250 mL) of the compound (19.06 g, 47.37 mmol) obtained in Example 25 (a) and the compound (13.30 g, 47.37 mmol) obtained in Example 25 (a) at 0 ° C. at HATU (23 0.000 g, 60.49 mmol) and triethylamine (21.1 mL, 151.23 mmol) were added, and the mixture was warmed to room temperature and stirred for 2 hours. Water and ethyl acetate were added to the reaction solution, and the precipitated crude crystals were collected by filtration and then washed with water and acetonitrile to obtain an amide compound (27.34 g, yield 92%) as an off-white powder.
To a DMA solution (270 mL) of the obtained amide compound (27.00 g, 42.96 mmol) and vinyl boric acid pinacol ester (9.92 g, 64.44 mmol), tetrakistriphenylphosphine palladium (0.99 g, 0.86 mmol). And 2M-sodium carbonate aqueous solution (64 mL, 128 mmol) were added, and the mixture was stirred at 130 ° C. for 1 hour. Water was added to the reaction mixture, and the mixture was extracted twice with ethyl acetate. The combined organic layers were washed with water and saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (hexane / ethyl acetate) to obtain the title compound (20.43 g, yield 83%) as a colorless solid.
¹ H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl ₃ ): δ (ppm) = 9.33 (1H, brs), 7.65 (2H, d, J = 8.8 Hz), 7.45-7.31 (6H, m), 7.12 (1H, d, J = 2.9Hz), 7.06 (2H, d, J = 8.8Hz), 6.60 (1H, dd, J = 11.7 and 18.1Hz), 5.58 (1H, d, J = 18.1Hz), 5.41 (1H, d, J = 11.7Hz), 5.27 (2H, s), 5.12 (2H, s), 3.88 (2H, q, J = 7.3Hz), 3.19 (2H, t, J = 7.8Hz), 2.90 (2H, t, J = 7.8Hz), 1.42 (3H, t, J = 7.3Hz).

(D) 4- {3- [3- (4-hydroxyphenyl) -4-ethylisoxazol-5-yl] propanoyl} amino-1-ethylpyrrole-3-carboxylic acid obtained in Example 25 (c) The obtained compound (18.52 g, 32.17 mmol) was dissolved in ethanol (145 mL) and THF (145 mL), 20% palladium hydroxide-carbon (1.85 g) was added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 5 hours under a hydrogen atmosphere. did. Filter through Celite and Empore® and concentrate. The obtained crude crystals were washed with acetonitrile to obtain the title compound (11.51 g, yield 90%) as a colorless powder.
¹ H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d ₆ ): δ (ppm) = 12.23 (1H, s), 9.98 (1H, s), 9.39 (1H, s), 7.50 (2H, d, J = 9.0 Hz), 7.30 (1H, d, J = 2.4Hz), 7.29 (1H, d, J = 2.4Hz), 6.91 (2H, d, J = 9.0Hz), 3.91 (2H, q, J = 7.4Hz), 2.93 ( 2H, t, J = 7.4Hz), 2.79 (2H, t, J = 7.4Hz), 2.56 (2H, q, J = 7.4Hz), 1.30 (3H, t, J = 7.4Hz), 1.14 (3H, t, J = 7.4Hz).
MS m / z: 398 (M + H) ⁺ .

(Example 26)
4- [2-Fluoro-3- (5-methyl-1-phenylpyrazol-5-yl) propanoyl] amino-1-ethylpyrrole-3-carboxylic acid

(A) Ethyl 5-methyl-1-phenylpyrazole-4-carboxylate A mixture of ethyl acetoacetate (1.5 g, 11.5 mmol) and dimethylformamide dimethyl acetal (1.68 mL, 12.7 mmol) Stir for hours. After the reaction solution was cooled to room temperature, an ethanol solution (30 mL) of phenylhydrazine hydrochloride (1.67 g, 11.5 mmol) was added and stirred at 80 ° C. for 2.5 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified with a preparative purification apparatus (Biotage, ethyl acetate: hexane = 1: 19-3: 7) to give the title compound (2.32 g, 87%). ) Was obtained as a yellow oil.
¹ H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl ₃ ): δ (ppm) = 8.06 (1H, s), 7.57-7.42 (5H, m), 4.36 (2H, q, J = 7.3Hz), 2.60 (3H, s), 1.41 (3H, t, J = 7.3Hz).

(B) (5-Methyl-1-phenylpyrazol-4-yl) methanol The compound (2.32 g, 10 mmol) obtained in Example 26 (a) was dissolved in THF (25 ml) and stirred in an ice bath. did. Lithium aluminum hydride (0.38 g, 10 mmol) was gradually added to this solution and stirred for 1.5 hours while warming to room temperature. Water was added to the reaction solution, insoluble matters were removed by Celite filtration, and the filtrate was extracted three times with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by a preparative purification apparatus (Biotage, ethyl acetate: hexane = 1: 1-4: 1) to obtain the title compound (1.46 g, 77%) as a colorless solid.
¹ H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl ₃ ): δ (ppm) = 7.62 (1H, s), 7.50-7.34 (5H, m), 4.59 (2H, s), 2.33 (3H, s), 1.45 (1H, brs ).
MS m / z: 189 (M + H) ⁺ .

(C) 5-methyl-1-phenylpyrazole-4-carbaldehyde The compound (700 mg, 3.7 mmol) obtained in Example 26 (b) was dissolved in THF (15 ml), and manganese dioxide (1102 mg, 11. 2 mmol) was added and stirred at 70 ° C. for 3 hours. The insoluble material was removed by filtration, and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure and then purified with a preparative purification apparatus (Biotage, ethyl acetate: hexane = 1: 9-3: 7) to give the title compound (575 mg, 83%) as a colorless oil Obtained as a thing.
¹ H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl ₃ ): δ (ppm) = 9.97 (1H, s), 8.04 (1H, s), 7.55-7.40 (5H, m), 2.58 (3H, s).

(D) Ethyl 2-fluoro-3- (5-methyl-1-phenylpyrazol-4-yl) acrylate Sodium hydride (32 mg, 0.83 mmol) was suspended in THF (3 ml), and 2 -Triethyl fluoro-2-phosphonoacetate (0.17 mL, 0.83 mmol) was added dropwise. After 15 minutes, a THF solution (3 ml) of the compound (140 mg, 0.75 mmol) obtained in Example 26 (c) was added dropwise, and the mixture was stirred for 2 hours while gradually warming to room temperature. An aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution was added to the reaction mixture, and the mixture was extracted 3 times with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by a preparative purification apparatus (Biotage, ethyl acetate: hexane = 1: 9-3: 7) to obtain the title compound (123 mg, 60%, E / Z mixture) as a colorless solid.
MS m / z: 275 (M + H) ^<+> .

(E) Ethyl 2-fluoro-3- (5-methyl-1-phenylpyrazol-4-yl) propionate The compound (120 mg, 0.44 mmol) obtained in Example 26 (d) was combined with ethanol (5 ml). It was dissolved in THF (5 ml), 10% palladium-carbon (24 mg) was added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 10 hours under a hydrogen atmosphere, 10% palladium-carbon (24 mg) was added, and the mixture was further stirred for 10 hours. The catalyst was removed by filtration, the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure, and the residue was purified by a preparative purification apparatus (Biotage, ethyl acetate: hexane = 1: 9-3: 7), and the title compound (67 mg, 55%) was colorless. Obtained as an oil.
¹ H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl ₃ ): δ (ppm) = 7.51 (1H, s), 7.48-7.33 (5H, m), 5.04 (1H, ddd, J = 49, 6.7, 4.7 Hz), 4.29-4.20 (2H, m), 3.10 (1H, t, J = 5.9Hz), 3.04 (1H, t, J = 5.9Hz), 2.26 (3H, s), 1.28 (3H, t, J = 7.0Hz).
MS m / z: 277 (M + H) ⁺ .

(F) 4- [2-Fluoro-3- (5-methyl-1-phenylpyrazol-5-yl) propanoyl] amino-1-ethylpyrrole-3-carboxylic acid Compound obtained in Example 26 (e) Was converted to a carboxylic acid compound with a 5N aqueous sodium hydroxide solution. Using the obtained carboxylic acid compound and the compound obtained in Example 12 (b), the reaction was carried out in the same manner as in Example 1 (c) to obtain the title compound as a colorless powder.
¹ H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d ₆ ): δ (ppm) = 12.3 (1H, brs), 9.92 (1H, brs), 7.52-7.31 (8H, m), 5.36 (1H, ddd, J = 48, 6.7, 3.9Hz), 3.93 (2H, q, J = 7.4Hz), 3.19-2.93 (2H, m), 2.21 (3H, s), 1.30 (3H, t, J = 7.4Hz).
MS m / z: 383 (M-H) ^- .

(Example 27)
4- [3- (5-Ethyl-1-phenylpyrazol-5-yl) -2-fluoropropanoyl] amino-1-ethylpyrrole-3-carboxylic acid

The reaction was conducted in the same manner as in Example 26 using methylpropanoyl acetate instead of methyl acetoacetate to obtain the title compound.
¹ H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d ₆ ): δ (ppm) = 12.3 (1H, brs), 9.94 (1H, brs), 7.52-7.31 (8H, m), 5.35 (1H, ddd, J = 48, 7.0, 3.9Hz), 3.91 (2H, q, J = 7.0Hz), 3.19-2.93 (2H, m), 2.63 (2H, dq J = 7.4, 3.1Hz), 1.28 (3H, t, J = 7.4Hz ), 0.89 (3H, t, J = 7.4Hz).
MS m / z: 397 (M-H) ^- .

(Example 28)
4- {3- (4-Phenyl-5-ethylimidazol-1-yl) propanoyl} amino-1-ethylpyrrole-3-carboxylic acid

(A) 5-Ethyl-4-phenylimidazole 2-aminopropiophenone hydrochloride (2.00 g, 10.02 mmol) in ethanol solution (20 mL), concentrated hydrochloric acid (0.6 mL) and sodium thiocyanate (1. 62 g, 20.03 mmol) aqueous solution (5 mL) was added, and the mixture was stirred at 70 ° C. for 1 hour. After the solvent was distilled off, acetic acid (20 mL) was added and the mixture was stirred at 100 ° C. for 3 hours. Water was added to the reaction solution, and the precipitated crude crystals were collected by filtration. Raney Ni was added to the obtained crude crystal ethanol solution (40 mL), and the mixture was stirred at 70 ° C. for 2 hours. After filtration through celite, the filtrate was concentrated and the residue was washed with acetonitrile to obtain the title compound (0.88 g, two-step yield 45%).

(B) 4- {3- (4-Phenyl-5-ethylimidazol-1-yl) propanoyl} amino-1-ethylpyrrole-3-carboxylic acid benzyl ester Compound (774) obtained in Example 28 (a) .2 mg, 3.83 mmol) suspended in acetonitrile (15 mL), potassium carbonate (1058.1 mg, 7.66 mmol), ethyl 3-bromopropionate (736 μL, 5.74 mmol), and tetrabutylammonium iodide 28.3 mg, 0.08 mmol) was added, and the mixture was stirred at 70 ° C. for 5.5 hours. Further, potassium carbonate (525.0 mg, 3.80 mmol) and ethyl 3-bromopropionate (370 μL, 2.81 mmol) were added, and the mixture was stirred for 2.5 hours. After filtration through celite, the filtrate was concentrated, and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (hexane / ethyl acetate) to obtain an ester compound as a yellow candy-like substance.
A 1M aqueous sodium hydroxide solution (5.2 mL, 5.2 mmol) was added to an ethanol solution (10 mL) of the obtained ester compound, and the mixture was stirred for 1 hour. The mixture was neutralized with 5M hydrochloric acid and concentrated.
HATU (988.6 mg, 2.60 mmol) and triethylamine (557 μL) were added to a DMF solution (10 mL) of the obtained residue and the compound obtained in Example 25 (a) (437.4 mg, 2.00 mmol) at 0 ° C. , 4.00 mmol), and the mixture was warmed to room temperature and stirred for 1 hour. Water was added to the reaction mixture, and the mixture was extracted twice with ethyl acetate. The combined organic layers were washed with saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and concentrated. The obtained residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (NH, hexane / ethyl acetate) to obtain the title compound (654.4 mg, yield of 3 steps: 56%) as a yellow candy-like substance.
¹ H NMR (400MHz, CDCl ₃ ): δ (ppm) = 9.28 (1H, br.s), 7.65 (2H, dd, J = 8.2 and 1.2Hz), 7.54 (1H, s), 7.41-7.32 (9H , m), 7.25 (1H, m), 7.13 (1H, d, J = 2.4Hz), 5.25 (2H, s), 4.32 (2H, t, J = 7.0Hz), 3.89 (2H, q, J = 7.4Hz), 2.84 (2H, q, J = 7.4Hz), 2.81 (2H, t, J = 7Hz), 1.44 (3H, t, J = 7.4Hz), 1.26 (3H, t, J = 7.4 Hz).

(C) 4- {3- (4-Phenyl-5-ethylimidazol-1-yl) propanoyl} amino-1-ethylpyrrole-3-carboxylic acid Compound (590.0 mg) obtained in Example 28 (b) , 1.25 mmol) in ethanol solution (10 mL), 10% palladium-carbon (59.0 mg) was added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 5 hours in a hydrogen atmosphere. Methanol was added and the mixture was heated and filtered through celite. The filtrate was concentrated, and the residue was washed with methanol to give the title compound (380.2 mg, yield 80%) as a colorless powder.
¹ H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d ₆ ): δ (ppm) = 12.21 (1H, br.s), 9.39 (1H, s), 7.64 (1H, s), 7.59 (2H, dd, J = 1.2 and 7.8Hz), 7.37 (2H, t, J = 7.8Hz), 7.33 (1H, d, J = 2.4Hz), 7.29 (1H, d, J = 2.4Hz), 7.21 (1H, tt, 1.2 and 7.8Hz ), 4.21 (2H, t, J = 7.0Hz), 3.91 (2H, q, J = 7.0Hz), 2.94 (2H, t, J = 7.0Hz), 2.82 (2H, q, J = 7.4Hz), 1.30 (3H, t, J = 7.0Hz), 1.21 (3H, t, J = 7.4Hz).
MS m / z: 381 (M + H) ^<+> .

(Example 29)
4- [3- (5-Cyclopropyl-1-phenylpyrazol-5-yl) propanoylamino] -1-ethylpyrrole-3-carboxylic acid

(A) 5-cyclopropyl-1-phenylpyrazole-4-carbaldehyde Using methyl 3-cyclopropyl-3-oxopropionate, the reaction was carried out in the same manner as in Examples 26 (a) to (c). The compound was obtained as a colorless solid.
¹ H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl ₃ ): δ (ppm) = 10.0 (1H, s), 8.04 (1H, s), 7.55-7.41 (5H, m), 2.03-1.95 (1H, m), 1.03-0.97 (2H, m), 0.81-0.76 (2H, m).

(B) Ethyl (5-cyclopropyl-1-phenylpyrazol-4-yl) acrylate Examples 26 (d) and 26 (e) using the compound obtained in Example 29 (a) and triethyl phosphonoacetate. ) To give the title compound as a colorless oil.
¹ H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl ₃ ): δ (ppm) = 7.54-7.49 (2H, m), 7.45-7.39 (3H, m), 7.35-7.30 (1H, m), 4.15 (2H, q, J = 7.0 Hz), 2.86 (2H, t, J = 7.4 Hz), 2.62 (2H, t, J = 7.4 Hz), 1.82-1.73 (1H, m), 1.25 (3H, t, J = 7.0 Hz), 0.86 -0.80 (2H, m), 0.45-0.39 (2H, m).
MS m / z: 285 (M + H) ^<+> .

(C) 4- [3- (5-Cyclopropyl-1-phenylpyrazol-5-yl) propanoyl] amino-1-ethylpyrrole-3-carboxylic acid Using the compound obtained in Example 29 (b) The reaction was carried out in the same manner as in Example 26 (f) to obtain the title compound as a colorless oil.
¹ H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d ₆ ): δ (ppm) = 12.2 (1H, brs), 9.34 (1H, brs), 7.57-7.52 (2H, m), 7.49-7.44 (3H, m), 7.38 -7.33 (1H, m), 7.31 (1H, d, J = 2.4 Hz), 7.27 (1H, d, J = 2.4 Hz), 3.90 (2H, q, J = 7.4 Hz), 2.79 (2H, t J = 7.8Hz), 2.65 (2H, t, J = 7.8 Hz), 1.99-1.90 (1H, m), 1.29 (3H, t, J = 7.4Hz), 0.83-0.76 (2H, m), 0.36-0.30 (2H, m).
MS m / z: 391 (M-H) ^- .

(Example 30)
4- [3- (5-Cyclopropyl-1-phenylpyrazol-5-yl) -2-fluoropropanoylamino] -1-ethylpyrrole-3-carboxylic acid

Using the compound obtained in Example 29 (a), the reaction was carried out in the same manner as in Examples 26 (d) to (f) to obtain the title compound as a colorless solid.
¹ H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d ₆ ): δ (ppm) = 12.4 (1H, brs), 9.99 (1H, brs), 7.58-7.51 (2H, m), 7.50-7.44 (3H, m), 7.40 -7.32 (3H, m), 5.40 (1H, ddd, J = 48, 7.4, 3.1Hz), 3.93 (2H, q, J = 7.4Hz), 3.22 (1H, ddd, J = 27, 16, 3.1 Hz ), 3.06 (1H, ddd J = 27, 16, 7.4Hz), 1.98-1.89 (1H, m), 1.31 (3H, t, J = 7.4Hz), 0.82-0.75 (2H, m), 0.37-0.26 (2H, m).
MS m / z: 409 (M-H) ^- .

(Example 31)
4- {3- [3- (4-hydroxyphenyl) -4-cyclopropylisoxazol-5-yl] propanoyl} amino-1-ethylpyrrole-3-carboxylic acid

(A) 4- {3- [3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -4-cyclopropylisoxazol-5-yl] propanoyl} amino-1-ethylpyrrole-3-carboxylic acid ethyl ester 1-methoxy-4 -Example 25 using the compound obtained by reacting similarly to Example 25 (b) using propanoylbenzene, the compound obtained in Example 12 (b), and cyclopropyl boric acid. The reaction was carried out in the same manner as (c) to obtain the title compound.
¹ H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl ₃ ): δ (ppm) = 9.38 (1H, br.s), 7.80 (2H, d, J = 9.0 Hz), 7.43 (1H, d, J = 2.4 Hz), 7.09 ( 1H, d, J = 2.4Hz), 6.98 (2H, d, J = 9.0Hz), 4.28 (2H, q, J = 7.0Hz), 3.89 (2H, q, J = 7.0Hz), 3.87 (3H, s), 3.17 (2H, dd, J = 7.4 and 8.2Hz), 2.93 (2H, dd, J = 7.4 and 8.2Hz), 1.66 (1H, m), 1.43 (3H, t, J = 7.0Hz), 1.35 (3H, t, J = 7.0Hz), 0.97 (2H, m), 0.43 (2H, m).

(B) 4- {3- [3- (4-Hydroxyphenyl) -4-cyclopropylisoxazol-5-yl] propanoyl} amino-1-ethylpyrrole-3-carboxylic acid In Example 31 (a) The obtained compound was used in the same manner as in Examples 1 (c) -2 and 1 (d) to obtain the title compound as a pale yellow powder.
¹ H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d ₆ ): δ (ppm) = 12.21 (1H, br.s), 9.97 (1H, s), 9.30 (1H, br.s), 7.66 (2H, d, J = 8.8Hz), 7.30 (1H, d, J = 2.4Hz), 7.29 (1H, d, J = 2.4Hz), 6.90 (2H, d, J = .8.8Hz), 3.91 (2H, q, J = 7.3 Hz), 3.00 (2H, t, J = 7.3Hz), 2.83 (2H, t, J = 7.3Hz), 1.74 (1H, m), 1.30 (3H, t, J = 7.3Hz), 0.94 (2H, m), 0.35 (2H, m).
MS m / z: 410 (M + H) ⁺ .

(Example 32)
4- {3- [3- (4-hydroxyphenyl) -4-ethylisoxazol-5-yl] -2-fluoropropanoyl} amino-1-ethylpyrrole-3-carboxylic acid

(A) 3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -5-hydroxymethylisoxazole (a) -1
To an ethanol solution (125 mL) of 4-methoxyacetophenone (10.0 g, 66.6 mmol) and diethyl oxalate (10.0 mL, 73.6 mmol), 20% sodium ethoxide (28.3 mL, 73.3 mmol) was added. , And stirred at 80 ° C. for 6 hours. Furthermore, diethyl oxalate (4.0 mL, 29.4 mmol) and 20% sodium ethoxide (10.0 mL, 25.9 mmol) were added to the reaction solution, and the mixture was stirred at 80 ° C. for 2 hours. The precipitated crude crystals were collected by filtration and washed with ethanol to obtain a tan powder.
The obtained tan powder was suspended in ethanol, hydroxylamine hydrochloride (4.63 g, 66.6 mmol) was added, and the mixture was stirred at 80 ° C. for 1.5 hr. The solvent was distilled off, water was added and the mixture was extracted twice with ethyl acetate. The combined organic layers were washed with saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated, and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (hexane / ethyl acetate) to give an isoxazole compound (8.4 g, 2 steps) as a colorless powder. Yield 51%).

(A) -2
Lithium aluminum hydride (1.29 g, 33.97 mmol)) was added to a THF solution (170 mL) of the isoxazole compound (8.40 g, 33.97 mmol) obtained in Example 32 (a) -1 at 0 ° C. The mixture was warmed to room temperature and stirred for 2 hours. Water (1.3 mL), 3M-aqueous sodium hydroxide solution (1.3 mL), and water (3.6 mL) were added to the reaction solution in this order, and the mixture was stirred and filtered through Celite. The filtrate was concentrated as a colorless solid. The title compound (6.09 g, yield 87%) was obtained.
¹ H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl ₃ ): δ (ppm) = 7.72 (2H, d, J = 8.8Hz), 6.98 (2H, d, J = 8.8Hz), 6.46 (1H, s), 4.79 (2H, s), 3.86 (3H, s).

(B) 3- (4-Methoxyphenyl) -5-bromomethylisoxazole Using the compound obtained in Example 32 (a), the reaction was carried out in the same manner as in Example 22 (c) to obtain the title compound. Obtained.
¹ H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl ₃ ): δ (ppm) = 7.72 (2H, d, J = 9.0 Hz), 6.99 (2H, d, J = 9.0 Hz), 6.50 (1H, s), 4.46 (2H, s), 3.87 (3H, s).

(C) 3- [3- (4-methoxyphenyl) -4-bromoisoxazol-5-yl] -2-fluoropropionic acid fluoromalonic acid diethyl ester (5.02 g, 28.20 mmol) in DMF ( 70 mL), potassium t-butoxide (3.62 g, 32.23 mmol) was added at room temperature and stirred for 10 minutes, and then the DMF solution of the compound (7.20 g, 26.85 mmol) obtained in Example 32 (b) was used. (10 mL) was added and the temperature was raised to room temperature. After stirring at room temperature for 1 hour, ethyl acetate (80 mL), toluene (80 mL) and water (80 mL) were added and the phases were separated. The obtained organic layer was washed with water and saturated brine, and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. And concentrated. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (hexane / ethyl acetate) to obtain a diester compound (9.48 g, yield 97%) as a colorless oily substance.
N-bromosuccinimide (5.08 g, 28.54 mmol) was added to a DMF solution (80 mL) of the obtained diester compound (9.48 g, 25.95 mmol), and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 13 hours. Ethyl acetate (80 mL), toluene (80 mL) and water (80 mL) were added to the reaction solution, and the mixture was separated. The obtained organic layer was washed with water and saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (hexane / ethyl acetate) to obtain a bromo compound (11.53 g, yield 100%) as a colorless oily substance.
To an ethanol solution (120 mL) of the obtained bromo compound (11.53 g, 25.95 mmol) was added 1M sodium hydroxide aqueous solution (80 mL, 80 mmol), and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. The reaction mixture was acidified with 5M hydrochloric acid and extracted twice with ethyl acetate. The combined organic layers were washed with saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and concentrated. The obtained residue was dissolved in 1,4-dioxane (100 mL) and xylene (100 mL) and stirred at 130 ° C. for 8 hours. The reaction solution was concentrated to obtain the title compound (8.68 g, yield 99%) as a colorless powder.
¹ H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl ₃ ): δ (ppm) = 7.98 (2H, d, J = 9.0 Hz), 7.01 (2H, d, J = 9.0 Hz), 6.07 (1H, br.s), 5.45 ( 1H, ddd, J = 5.1, 7.8 and 48.1 Hz), 3.88 (3H, s), 3.50-3.33 (2H, m).

(D) 4- [3- {3- (4-Hydroxyphenyl) -4-ethylisoxazol-5-yl} -2-fluoropropanoyl] amino-1-ethylpyrrole-3-carboxylic acid Example 32 To a DMF solution (25 mL) of the compound (2.00 g, 5.81 mmol) obtained in (c) and the compound (1.63 g, 5.81 mmol) obtained in Example 25 (a) at 0 ° C. HATU (2.65 g, 6.97 mmol) and triethylamine (2.43 mL, 17.44 mmol) were added, and the mixture was warmed to room temperature and stirred for 1 hour. Water was added to the reaction mixture, and the mixture was extracted twice with ethyl acetate. The combined organic layers were washed with saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and concentrated. The obtained residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (NH, hexane / ethyl acetate) to obtain an amide compound (3.18 g, yield 96%) as a yellow candy-like substance.
Tributylvinyltin (1.45 mL, 4.96 mmol) and tetrakistriphenylphosphine palladium (0.14 g, 0.12 mmol) were added to a toluene solution (25 mL) of the obtained amide compound (2.36 g, 4.14 mmol). , And stirred at 110 ° C. for 3 hours. To the reaction solution was added an aqueous solution (10 ml) of potassium fluoride dihydrate (1.87 g, 19.86 mmol), the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour, and separated, and the organic layer was washed with water and then filtered through Celite. And concentrated. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (hexane / ethyl acetate) to obtain a vinyl isoxazole compound (1.80 g, yield 84%).
The obtained vinyl isoxazole compound (1.25 g, 2.43 mmol) was dissolved in ethanol (20 mL) and ethyl acetate (20 mL), 20% palladium hydroxide-carbon (125 mg) was added, and the mixture was added under a hydrogen atmosphere at room temperature. Stir for 3 hours. After filtration through celite, the filtrate was concentrated, and the residue was washed with ethyl acetate to give the title compound (1.00 g, yield 94%) as a colorless powder.
¹ H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d ₆ ): δ (ppm) = 12.39 (1H, s), 10.06 (1H, d, J = 3.5 Hz), 9.99 (1H, s), 7.64 (2H, d, J = 9.0Hz), 7.39 (1H, d, J = 2.7Hz), 7.36 (1H, d, J = 2.7Hz), 6.92 (2H, d, J = 9.0Hz), 5.55 (1H, ddd, J = 3.5 , 7.8 and 48.1Hz), 3.95 (2H, q, J = 7.4Hz), 3.43-3.21 (2H, m), 2.57 (2H, q, J = 7.4Hz), 1.32 (3H, t, J = 7.4Hz ), 1.12 (3H, t, J = 7.4Hz).
MS m / z: 430 (M + H) ⁺ .

(Example 33)
4- {3- [4-Chloro- (4-hydroxyphenyl) isoxazol-5-yl] propanoyl} amino-1-ethylpyrrole-3-carboxylic acid

(A) [3- (4-Methoxyphenyl) isoxazol-5-yl] methanol p-anisaldehyde (3.0 g, 22 mmol) was dissolved in ethanol (30 ml), and sodium bicarbonate (2.2 g, 26 mmol) was dissolved. The mixture was further stirred at room temperature, an aqueous solution (15 ml) of hydroxylamine hydrochloride (1.7 g, 24 mmol) was added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure, aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution was added to the residue, and the mixture was extracted 3 times with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in dimethylformamide (40 ml), stirred in an ice bath, and N-chlorosuccinimide (2.9 g, 22 mmol) was added. The mixture was stirred for 2.5 hours while gradually warming to room temperature, water was added to the reaction mixture, and the mixture was extracted 3 times with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by a preparative purification apparatus (Biotage, ethyl acetate: hexane = 2: 98-2: 3). The obtained chloro compound (2.5 g, 13.5 mmol) was dissolved in dichloromethane (30 ml), and propargyl alcohol (1.2 ml, 20.2 mmol) and triethylamine (2.3 ml, 16.2 mmol) were added. Stir for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure, and the residue was purified by a preparative purification apparatus (Biotage, ethyl acetate: hexane = 1: 3-3: 1) to obtain the title compound (1.8 g, 65%) as a yellow solid. It was.
¹ H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl ₃ ): δ (ppm) = 7.71 (2H, d, J = 8.6 Hz), 6.95 (2H, d, J = 8.6 Hz), 6.49 (1H, s), 4.79 (2H, d, J = 5.1 Hz), 3.84 (3H, s), 2.23 (1H, t. J = 5.1 Hz).
MS m / z: 206 (M + H) ^<+> .

(B) 5-Bromomethyl-3- (4-methoxyphenyl) isoxazole The compound (1.4 g, 6.8 mmol) obtained in Example 33 (a) was dissolved in dichloromethane (30 ml) and triphenyl was added in an ice bath. Phosphine (2.0 g, 7.5 mmol) and carbon tetrabromide (2.5 g, 7.5 mmol) were added and stirred for 1 hour. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure, and the residue was purified by a preparative purification apparatus (Biotage, ethyl acetate: hexane = 2: 98-1: 3) to obtain the title compound (1.66 g, 97%) as a colorless solid. It was.
¹ H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl ₃ ): δ (ppm) = 7.71 (2H, d, J = 8.6 Hz), 6.96 (2H, d, J = 8.6 Hz), 6.56 (1H, s), 4.48 (2H, s), 3.84 (3H, s).

(C) Methyl 3- [3- (4-methoxyphenyl) isoxazol-5-yl] propionate The compound obtained in Example 33 (b) (0.80 g, 2.98 mmol) was dissolved in acetonitrile (12 ml). Then, triethyl methanetricarboxylate (0.70 ml, 3.3 mmol) and potassium carbonate (0.49 g, 3.6 mmol) were added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. The insoluble material was removed by filtration, the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure, and the residue was purified with a preparative purification apparatus (Biotage, ethyl acetate: hexane = 1: 9-3: 7) to give the triester compound (1.25 g, quantitative). Was obtained as a colorless oil. The obtained triester compound was dissolved in ethanol (10 ml) and THF (10 ml), 5N-aqueous sodium hydroxide solution (4.5 ml, 22 mmol) was added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 days. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure, acetic acid (30 ml) was added to the residue, and the mixture was stirred at 120 ° C. for 6.5 hr. The reaction solution was cooled to room temperature and concentrated under reduced pressure. Water was added to the residue, and the insoluble material was collected by filtration. This was dissolved in methanol (6 ml) and THF (6 ml), 2N-trimethylsilyldiazomethane solution (3 ml) was added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 days. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure, and the residue was purified by a preparative purification apparatus (Biotage, ethyl acetate: hexane = 1: 19-2: 3) to obtain the title compound (0.71 g, 91%) as a colorless solid. It was.
¹ H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl ₃ ): δ (ppm) = 7.70 (2H, d, J = 9.0 Hz), 6.94 (2H, d, J = 9.0 Hz), 6.27 (1H, s), 3.83 (3H, s), 3.70 (3H, s), 3.11 (2H, t.J = 7.4 Hz), 2.76 (2H, t, J = 7.4 Hz).
MS m / z: 262 (M + H) ⁺ .

(D) Methyl 3- [4-chloro-3- (4-methoxyphenyl) isoxazol-5-yl] propionate The compound (0.68 g, 2.6 mmol) obtained in Example 33 (c) was converted to acetic acid ( 10-ml), N-chlorosuccinimide (0.38 g, 2.9 mmol) was added, and the mixture was stirred at 70 ° C. for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure, 1N-aqueous sodium hydroxide solution was added to the residue, and the mixture was extracted 3 times with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed successively with 10% aqueous citric acid solution and saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by a preparative purification apparatus (ethyl acetate: hexane = 1: 19-1: 3) to obtain the title compound (0.23 g, 29%) as a colorless solid.
¹ H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl ₃ ): δ (ppm) = 7.80 (2H, d, J = 8.6 Hz), 6.98 (2H, d, J = 8.6 Hz), 3.85 (3H, s), 3.71 (3H, s), 3.14 (2H, t. J = 7.4 Hz), 2.79 (2H, t, J = 7.4 Hz).

(E) 4- {3-[-4-Chloro- (4-hydroxyphenyl) isoxazol-5-yl] propanoyl} amino-1-ethylpyrrole-3-carboxylic acid Compound obtained in Example 33 (d) Was used in the same manner as in Example 26 (f) and 1 (d) to give the title compound as a pale yellow solid.
¹ H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d ₆ ): δ (ppm) = 12.2 (1H, brs), 9.99 (1H, brs), 9.36 (1H, brs), 7.62 (2H, d, J = 8.6 Hz), 7.29 (1H, d, J = 2.4 Hz), 7.27 (1H, d, J = 2.4 Hz), 6.90 (2H, d, J = 8.6 Hz), 3.89 (2H, q, J = 7.4 Hz), 3.10 ( 2H, t, J = 7.4 Hz), 2.84 (2H, t, J = 7.4 Hz), 1.28 (3H, t, J = 7.4 Hz).
MS m / z: 402 (M-H) ^- .

(Example 34)
4- {3- [5- (4-hydroxyphenyl) -4-chloroisoxazol-3-yl] propanoyl} amino-1-ethylpyrrole-3-carboxylic acid

A reaction was carried out in the same manner as in Example 25 (b) using 1-methoxy-4-propanoylbenzene and N-chlorosuccinimide to obtain a carboxylic acid compound. Using the obtained carboxylic acid compound and the compound obtained in Example 12 (b), the reaction was carried out in the same manner as in Examples 1 (c) and 1 (d) to obtain the title compound.
¹ H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d ₆ ): δ (ppm) = 12.21 (1H, br.s), 10.23 (1H, br.s), 9.41 (1H, s), 7.79 (2H, d, J = 9.0Hz), 7.30 (1H, d, J = 2.7Hz), 7.29 (1H, d, J = 2.7Hz), 6.96 (2H, d, J = 9.0Hz), 3.91 (2H, q, J = 7.4Hz ), 2.97 (2H, t, J = 7.0Hz), 2.83 (2H, t, J = 7.0Hz), 1.30 (3H, t, J = 7.4Hz).
MS m / z: 404 (M + H) ⁺ .

(Example 35)
4- {3- [4-Ethyl- (4-hydroxyphenyl) isoxazol-5-yl] propanoyl} amino-1-ethylpyrrole-3-carboxylic acid

(A) Methyl 3- [4-bromo-3- (4-methoxyphenyl) isoxazol-5-yl] propionate The compound (0.71 g, 2.7 mmol) obtained in Example 33 (c) was converted to acetic acid ( 14-ml), N-bromosuccinimide (0.53 g, 3.0 mmol) was added, and the mixture was stirred at 70 ° C. for 4 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure, 1N-aqueous sodium hydroxide solution was added to the residue, and the mixture was extracted 3 times with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by a preparative purification apparatus (ethyl acetate: hexane = 1: 19-3: 7) to obtain the title compound (0.65 g, 70%) as a colorless oil.
¹ H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl ₃ ): δ (ppm) = 7.79 (2H, d, J = 9.0 Hz), 6.98 (2H, d, J = 9.0 Hz), 3.85 (3H, s), 3.71 (3H, s), 3.15 (2H, t.J = 7.4 Hz), 2.79 (2H, t, J = 7.4 Hz).
MS m / z: 340 (M + H) ⁺ .

(B) 4- {3- [4-Bromo-3- (4-methoxyphenyl) isoxazol-5-yl] propanoylamino} -1-ethylpyrrole-3-carboxylate obtained in Example 35 (a) The obtained compound (0.65 g, 1.9 mmol) was dissolved in methanol (6 ml) and THF (6 ml), 5N-aqueous sodium hydroxide solution (1.1 ml, 5.6 mmol) was added, and 1 at room temperature was added. Stir for hours. Concentrated hydrochloric acid (0.47 ml) was added to the reaction solution and concentrated under reduced pressure, and the residue was dissolved in dimethylformamide (12 ml). To this solution was added 4-amino-1-ethylpyrrole-3-carboxylic acid ethyl hydrochloride (0.42 g, 1.9 mmol), HATU (0.79 g, 2.1 mmol), and diisopropylethylamine (0.66 ml, 3 .8 mmol) was added and stirred at room temperature overnight. An aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution was added to the reaction mixture, and the mixture was extracted 3 times with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by a preparative purification apparatus (Biotage, ethyl acetate: hexane = 3: 7-3: 2) to obtain the title compound (0.93 g, quantitative) as a yellow solid.
¹ H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl ₃ ): δ (ppm) = 9.35 (1H, brs), 7.85 (2H, d, J = 8.8 Hz), 7.44 (1H, d, J = 2.4 Hz), 7.11 (1H, d, J = 2.4 Hz), 7.02 (2H, d, J = 8.8 Hz), 4.31 (2H, q, J = 7.3 Hz), 3.92 (2H, q, J = 7.3 Hz), 3.89 (3H, s) , 3.28 (2H, t. J = 7.8 Hz), 2.89 (2H, t, J = 7.8 Hz), 1.47 (3H, t, J = 7.3 Hz), 1.37 (3H, t, J = 7.3 Hz).
MS m / z: 446 (M + H) ⁺ .

(C) 4- {3- [4-Ethyl-3- (4-methoxyphenyl) isoxazol-5-yl] propanoylamino} -1-ethylpyrrole-3-carboxylate obtained in Example 35 (b) The obtained compound (150 mg, 0.31 mmol) was dissolved in dioxane (3 ml), vinylboronic acid pinacol ester (0.10 ml, 0.61 mmol), tetrakistriphenylphosphine palladium (35 mg, 0.03 mmol), and 2N- An aqueous sodium carbonate solution (0.93 ml) was added, and the mixture was stirred at 110 ° C. for 4 hours. Vinylboronic acid pinacol ester (0.11 ml) and tetrakistriphenylphosphine palladium (35 mg) were added, and the mixture was further stirred for 3 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature, aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution was added, and the mixture was extracted 3 times with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by a preparative purification apparatus (Biotage, ethyl acetate: hexane = 1: 9-2: 3) to obtain a vinyl compound (87 mg, 65%). The obtained vinyl compound was dissolved in ethanol (5 ml) and THF (5 ml), 20% palladium hydroxide (17 mg) was added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours in a hydrogen atmosphere. After removing the catalyst by filtration, the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure, and the residue was purified by a preparative purification apparatus (ethyl acetate: hexane = 1: 4-1: 1) to give the title compound (75 mg, 86%) as a colorless oil Obtained.
¹ H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl ₃ ): δ (ppm) = 9.31 (1H, brs), 7.54 (2H, d, J = 8.6 Hz), 7.39 (1H, d, J = 2.4 Hz), 7.07 (1H, d, J = 2.4 Hz), 6.96 (2H, d, J = 8.6 Hz), 4.26 (2H, q, J = 7.4 Hz), 3.87 (2H, q, J = 7.4 Hz), 3.84 (3H, s) , 3.15 (2H, t. J = 7.4 Hz), 2.81 (2H, t, J = 7.4 Hz), 2.51 (2H, q, J = 7.4 Hz), 1.42 (3H, t, J = 7.4 Hz), 1.33 (3H, t, J = 7.4 Hz), 1.05 (3H, t, J = 7.4 Hz).
MS m / z: 440 (M + H) ⁺ .

(D) 4- {3- [4-Ethyl- (4-hydroxyphenyl) isoxazol-5-yl] propanoylamino} -1-ethylpyrrole-3-carboxylic acid Compound obtained in Example 35 (c) (125 mg, 0.28 mmol) was dissolved in ethanol (5 ml) and THF (5 ml), 1N-lithium hydroxide aqueous solution (1.14 ml) was added, and the mixture was stirred at 85 ° C. for 7 hours. Concentrated hydrochloric acid (0.095 ml) was added to the reaction mixture, and the mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified with a preparative purification apparatus (dichloromethane, then dichloromethane: methanol = 85: 15) to give a carboxylic acid compound (77 mg, 66%). Was obtained as a colorless solid. The obtained carboxylic acid compound (134 mg, 0.33 mmol) was suspended in dichloromethane (4 ml), 1N-boron tribromide (1.3 ml) was added in an ice bath, and the mixture was stirred overnight while gradually warming to room temperature. did. Water was added to the reaction mixture, and the mixture was extracted 3 times with ethyl acetate and THF. The organic layer was washed with saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by a preparative purification apparatus (Biotage, dichloromethane, then dichloromethane: methanol = 80: 20) to obtain the title compound (80 mg, 53%) as a pale yellow solid.
¹ H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d ₆ ): δ (ppm) = 9.50 (1H, brs), 7.40 (2H, d, J = 8.6 Hz), 7.27 (1H, d, J = 2.4 Hz), 7.24 ( 1H, d, J = 2.4 Hz), 6.86 (2H, d, J = 8.6 Hz), 3.88 (2H, q, J = 7.4 Hz), 3.03 (2H, t, J = 7.0 Hz), 2.74 (2H, t, J = 7.0 Hz), 1.28 (3H, t, J = 7.4 Hz), 0.97 (3H, t, J = 7.4 Hz).

(Example 36)
4- {3- [3- (4-hydroxyphenyl) -4-ethylisoxazol-5-yl] propanoyl} amino-1-methylpyrrole-3-carboxylic acid

The reaction was performed in the same manner as in Example 25 (c) using the compound obtained in Example 1 (a) and the carboxylic acid compound obtained in Example 25 (b). The obtained vinyl isoxazole compound (363.5 mg, 0.65 mmol) was dissolved in ethanol (7 mL) and dichloromethane (3 mL), 20% palladium hydroxide-carbon (36.0 mg) was added, and under a hydrogen atmosphere, Stir at room temperature for 2 hours. The reaction was filtered through Celite and Empore® and concentrated.
A 1M-aqueous lithium hydroxide solution (2 mL, 2.0 mmol) was added to an ethanol solution (5 mL) of the obtained crude crystals, and the mixture was stirred at 70 ° C. for 7 hours. The reaction solution was acidified with 5M-hydrochloric acid, and the precipitated crude crystals were collected by filtration and washed with acetonitrile to obtain the title compound (235.8 mg, two-step yield 83%) as a colorless powder.
¹ H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d ₆ ): δ (ppm) = 12.22 (1H, s), 9.96 (1H, s), 9.37 (1H, s), 7.49 (2H, d, J = 8.8 Hz), 7.24 (1H, d, J = 2.4Hz), 7.22 (1H, d, J = 2.4Hz), 6.91 (2H, d, J = 8.8Hz), 3.60 (3H, s), 2.93 (2H, t, J = 7.3Hz), 2.79 (2H, t, J = 7.3Hz), 2.56 (2H, q, J = 7.3Hz), 1.14 (3H, t, J = 7.3Hz).
MS m / z: 384 (M + H) ⁺ .

(Example 37)
4- {3- [4-Chloro-2- (4-hydroxyphenyl) thiazol-5-yl] -2-fluoropropanoyl} amino-1-ethylpyrrole-3-carboxylic acid

(A) 3- [4-Chloro-2- (4-hydroxyphenyl) thiazol-5-yl] -2-fluoropropionic acid
Using 4-chlorothiazole-5-carbaldehyde synthesized by a method according to the method described in JCS Perkin Trans. 1, 1992, 8, p973, the reaction was carried out in the same manner as in Example 22 (c) to obtain bromo A compound was obtained. Using the obtained bromo compound, a reaction was carried out in the same manner as in Example 22 (d) to obtain the title compound.
¹ H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl ₃ ): δ (ppm) = 5.18 (1H, ddd, J = 48.1, 7.0 and 4.3 Hz), 3.55-3.36 (2H, m).

(B) 4- {3- [4-Chloro-2- (4-hydroxyphenyl) thiazol-5-yl] -2-fluoropropanoyl} amino-1-ethylpyrrole-3-carboxylic acid Example 37 (a ) And the compound obtained in Example 22 (a) were used in the same manner as in Example 1 (c) -1. The obtained amide compound and 4-methoxyboronic acid were reacted in the same manner as in Example 1 (b) to obtain an ester compound. The obtained ester compound was used in the same manner as 1 (c) -2 and 1 (d) to obtain the title compound as a solid.
¹ H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d ₆ ): δ (ppm) = 10.1 (1H, brs), 7.71 (2H, d, J = 8.6 Hz), 7.37 (1H, d, J = 2.0 Hz), 7.33 ( 1H, brs), 6.86 (2H, d, J = 8.6Hz), 5.57-5.44 (1H, m), 4.03 (2H, q, J = 7.0Hz), 3.94 (2H, q, J = 7.2Hz), 3.55-3.43 (2H, m), 1.31 (3H, t, J = 7.2Hz), 1.18 (3H, t, J = 7.2Hz)
MS 438 (M + H) ^<+> .

(Example 38)
4- {3-[(4-hydroxyphenyl) -4-methylisoxazol-5-yl] propanoyl} amino-1-ethylpyrrole-3-carboxylic acid

(A) [3- (4-Benzyloxyphenyl) -4-methylisoxazol-5-yl] methanol 4-Benzyloxybenzaldehyde (5.0 g, 23.6 mmol) in ethanol (40 ml) and THF (10 ml) To the mixture was added sodium hydrogen carbonate (2.4 g, 28.3 mmol), and an aqueous solution (25 ml) of hydroxylamine hydrochloride (1.86 g, 25.9 mmol) was added with stirring at room temperature for 1.5 hours. Stir. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure, water was added to the residue, and the mixture was extracted 3 times with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in dimethylformamide (40 ml), N-chlorosuccinimide (3.15 g, 23.6 mmol) was added, and the mixture was stirred overnight at room temperature. Water was added to the reaction mixture, and the mixture was extracted 3 times with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by a preparative purification apparatus (Biotage, ethyl acetate: hexane = 2: 98-3: 7). The obtained compound (3.0 g, 11.5 mmol) was dissolved in dichloroethane (30 ml), and 2-butyn-1-ol (2.6 ml, 34.4 mmol) and triethylamine (1.9 ml, 13.8 mmol) were dissolved. In addition, the mixture was stirred at 90 ° C. for 4 hours. The reaction solution was concentrated under reduced pressure, and the residue was purified by a preparative purification apparatus (Biotage, ethyl acetate: hexane = 1: 4-4: 1), and the title compound (0.88 g, 26%) was mixed with isomers. Got as.
MS m / z: 296 (M + H) ^<+> .

(B) 3- (4-Benzyloxyphenyl) -5-bromomethyl-4-methylisoxazole The reaction was performed in the same manner as in Example 22 (c) using the compound obtained in Example 38 (a). The isomer mixture of the title compound was obtained as a colorless solid.

(C) Methyl 3- [3- (4-benzyloxyphenyl) -4-methylisoxazol-5-yl] propionate Using the compound obtained in Example 38 (b), Example 33 (b ) To give the title compound as a colorless oil.

(D) 1-ethyl-4- {3- [3- (4-hydroxyphenyl) -4-methylisoxazol-5-yl] propanoyl} aminopyrrole-3-carboxylic acid ethyl ester Example 38 (c) The compound obtained in step (200 mg, 0.57 mmol) was dissolved in methanol (3 ml) and THF (3 ml), 5N aqueous sodium hydroxide solution (0.34 ml) was added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1.5 hours. Concentrated hydrochloric acid (0.14 ml) was added to the reaction mixture, and the mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was suspended in dimethylformamide (3 ml), and the compound obtained in Example 12 (b) (124 mg, 0.57 mmol), HATU (238 mg, 0.63 mmol), and diisopropylethylamine (0.20 ml, 1. 14 mmol) was added and stirred at room temperature overnight. An aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution was added to the reaction mixture, and the mixture was extracted 3 times with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by a preparative purification apparatus (ethyl acetate: hexane = 1: 4-1: 1). This was dissolved in ethanol (5 ml) and THF (5 ml), 20% palladium hydroxide (53 mg) was added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hr in a hydrogen atmosphere. The catalyst was removed by filtration, the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure, and the residue was purified by a preparative purification apparatus (Biotage, ethyl acetate: hexane = 3: 7-7: 3), and then preparative thin phase chromatography (diisopropyl ether). : Ethyl acetate = 1: 4), and the title compound (52 mg, 24%) was obtained as a colorless oil.
¹ H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl ₃ ): δ (ppm) = 9.38 (1H, brs), 7.54 (2H, d, J = 8.8 Hz), 7.43 (1H, d, J = 2.4 Hz), 7.11 (1H, d, J = 2.4 Hz), 6.92 (2H, d, J = 8.8 Hz), 4.31 (2H, q, J = 7.3 Hz), 3.91 (2H, q, J = 7.4 Hz), 3.18 (2H, t. J = 7.3 Hz), 2.85 (2H, t, J = 7.3 Hz), 2.09 (3H, s), 1.46 (3H, t, J = 7.3 Hz), 1.37 (3H, t, J = 7.3 Hz).

(E) 4- {3-[(4-hydroxyphenyl) -4-methylisoxazol-5-yl] propanoyl} amino-1-ethylpyrrole-3-carboxylic acid obtained in Example 38 (d) Using the compound, the reaction was carried out in the same manner as in Example 1 (c) -2 to obtain the title compound as a colorless solid.
¹ H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d ₆ ): δ (ppm) = 12.2 (1H, brs), 9.79 (1H, brs), 9.34 (1H, brs), 7.44 (2H, d, J = 8.6 Hz), 7.29 (1H, d, J = 2.4 Hz), 7.27 (1H, d, J = 2.4 Hz), 6.85 (2H, d, J = 8.6 Hz), 3.89 (2H, q, J = 7.0 Hz), 3.02 ( 2H, t, J = 7.4 Hz), 2.74 (2H, t, J = 7.4 Hz), 2.02 (3H, s), 1.28 (3H, t, J = 7.0 Hz).
MS m / z: 382 (M-H) ^- .

(Example 39)
4- {3- [2- (4-Hydroxyphenyl) thiazol-5-yl] -2,2-difluoropropanoyl} amino-1-ethylpyrrole-3-carboxylic acid

(A) 3- [2- (4-Methoxyphenyl) thiazol-5-yl] -2,2-difluoropropionic acid Copper powder (447 mg, 7.04 mmol) was suspended in DMSO (8 mL) and iododifluoroacetic acid. Ethyl in DMSO (2 mL) was added and stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes. Furthermore, the bromo compound (500.0 mg, 1.76 mmol) obtained in Example 22 (c) was added and stirred for 15 minutes. Water was added to the reaction mixture, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate, washed with saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated. The obtained residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (hexane / ethyl acetate) to obtain a difluoroester compound (339.3 mg, yield 59%) as a yellow oily substance.
A 1M aqueous sodium hydroxide solution was added to an ethanol solution (6 mL) of the obtained difluoroester compound (339.3 mg, 1.04 mmol), and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 15 minutes. The reaction solution was acidified with 5M hydrochloric acid and extracted twice with ethyl acetate. The combined organic layers were washed with saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated to give the title compound (310.2 mg, yield 100%) as a pale yellow solid.
¹ H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl ₃ ): δ (ppm) = 7.78 (2H, d, J = 9.0 Hz), 7.64 (1H, s), 6.97 (2H, d, J = 9.0 Hz), 3.86 (3H, s), 3.65 (2H, t, J = 13.3 Hz).

(B) 4- {3- [2- (4-Hydroxyphenyl) thiazol-5-yl] -2,2-difluoropropanoyl} amino-1-ethylpyrrole-3-carboxylic acid In Example 30 (a) The obtained compound was used in the same manner as in Examples 22 (e) and 22 (f) to obtain the title compound as a pale yellow powder.
¹ H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d ₆ ): δ (ppm) = 10.32 (1H, br.s), 7.72 (2H, d, J = 8.6 Hz), 7.68 (1H, s), 7.40 (2H, s ), 6.85 (2H, d, J = 8.6Hz), 3.96 (2H, q, J = 7.0Hz), 3.89 (2H, t, J = 17.2Hz), 1.32 (3H, t, J = 7.0Hz).
MS m / z: 422 (M + H) ⁺ .

(Example 40)
4- {3- [4-Ethyl-3- (4-hydroxyphenyl) isoxazol-5-yl] -2,2-difluoropropanoyl} amino-1-ethylpyrrole-3-carboxylic acid

(A) 4-vinyl-3- (4-benzyloxyphenyl) isoxazole-5-carbaldehyde DMF solution (30 mL) of the compound (3.00 g, 8.61 mmol) obtained in Example 32 (a) -1 Was added with 1.99 g (11.20 mmol) of N-bromosuccinimide and stirred at room temperature for 8 hours. Water (30 mL) was added to the reaction solution, and the precipitated crude crystals were collected by filtration to obtain a bromoisoxazole compound (3.46 g, yield 100%) as a colorless powder.
To a toluene solution (40 mL) of the obtained bromoisoxazole compound (3.05 g, 7.58 mmol), tributylvinyltin (2.66 mL, 9.10 mmol) and tetrakistriphenylphosphine palladium (0.26 g, 0. 23 mmol) was added, and the mixture was stirred at 110 ° C. for 5.5 hours. An aqueous solution (20 ml) of potassium fluoride dihydrate (3.43 g, 36.40 mmol) was added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour and separated. The organic layer was washed with water, filtered through celite, and concentrated. . The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (hexane / ethyl acetate) to obtain a vinyl isoxazole compound (1.75 g, yield 45%).
10% Palladium hydroxide-carbon (200.0 mg) was added to an ethanol solution (35 mL) of the obtained vinyl isoxazole compound (1.75 g, 5.01 mmol), and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours in a hydrogen atmosphere. Concentrated after filtration. To the acetone solution (35 mL) of the residue were added potassium carbonate (415.4 mg, 3.01 mmol) and benzyl bromide (238 μL, 2.00 mmol), and the mixture was stirred at 60 ° C. for 3.5 hours. After filtration through celite and concentration, the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (hexane / ethyl acetate) to obtain an ethyl isoxazole compound (1.27 g, yield 72%).
To a THF solution (25 mL) of the obtained ethyl isoxazole compound (1.27 g, 3.61 mmol) was added lithium aluminum hydride (137.6 mg, 3.61 mmol) at 0 ° C., and the mixture was warmed to room temperature. Stir for 15 minutes. Water (0.14 mL), 3M-aqueous sodium hydroxide solution (0.14 mL) and water (0.42 ml) were added in order at 0 ° C., and the mixture was stirred for 30 min, and filtered through celite. The filtrate was concentrated, and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (hexane / ethyl acetate) to obtain an alcohol compound (1.05 g, yield 94%).
Manganese dioxide (843.1 mg, 9.70 mmol) was added to a dichloromethane solution (10 mL) of the obtained alcohol compound (500 mg, 1.62 mmol), and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 18 hours. Filtration through Celite and concentration gave the title compound (475.3 mg, 96% yield).
¹ H NMR (400MHz, CDCl ₃ ): δ (ppm) = 10.24 (1H, s), 7.65 (2H, d, J = 9.0Hz), 7.46-7.54 (5H, m), 7.10 (2H, d, J = 9.0Hz), 5.15 (2H, s), 2.85 (2H, q, J = 7.4Hz), 1.25 (3h, t, J = 7.4Hz).

(B) 3- [4-Vinyl-3- (4-benzyloxyphenyl) isoxazol-5-yl] -2,2-difluoropropionic acid zinc dust (225.2 mg, 3.44 mmol) in THF (7 mL). The suspension was suspended, 1,2-dibromoethane (10 μL) and ethyl bromodifluoroacetate were added, and the mixture was stirred at 60 ° C. for 15 minutes. A THF (5 mL) solution of the compound obtained in Example 40 (a) was added to the reaction solution, and the mixture was stirred at 60 ° C. for 1.5 hours. The reaction solution was poured into an aqueous potassium hydrogen sulfate solution and extracted twice with ethyl acetate, and the combined organic layer was washed with saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and concentrated. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (hexane / ethyl acetate) to obtain an alcohol compound (244.2 mg, yield 49%) as a colorless oily substance.
Carbon disulfide (292.1 μL, 5.66 mmol) and DBU (338 μL, 2.26 mmol) were added to a DMF solution (4 mL) of the obtained alcohol compound (244.0 mg, 0.57 mmol), and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes. . Subsequently, methyl iodide (352 μL, 5.66 mmol) was added to the reaction solution, and the mixture was stirred for 15 minutes. The reaction mixture was poured into water and extracted twice with ethyl acetate, and the combined organic layer was washed with saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (hexane / ethyl acetate) to obtain a xanthate compound (244.2 mg, yield 83%) as a yellow oily substance.
To a benzene solution (2.5 mL) of the obtained xanthate compound (244.2 mg, 0.47 mmol), tributylvinyltin hydride (138 μL, 0.51 mmol) and azobisisobutyronitrile (7.7 mg, 0.05 mmol) were added. ) And stirred at 70 ° C. for 2 hours. The reaction solution was concentrated, and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (hexane / ethyl acetate) to obtain a difluoroester compound (140.0 mg, yield 72%) as a colorless solid.
The obtained difluoroester compound (156.0 mg, 0.38 mmol) was dissolved in ethanol (2 mL) and THF (0.5 mL), and 1 M aqueous sodium hydroxide solution (570 μL, 0.57 mmol) was added at 0 ° C. 5 Stir for minutes. 5M-hydrochloric acid was added, the reaction mixture was acidified and extracted with ethyl acetate. The extract was washed with saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated to give the title compound (142.1 mg, 98%) as a colorless solid.
¹ H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl ₃ ): δ (ppm) = 7.65 (2H, d, J = 9.0 Hz), 7.46-7.36 (5H, m), 7.08 (2H, d, J = 8.6 Hz), 5.13 ( 2H, s), 3.61 (2H, t, J = 14.2Hz), 2.67 (2H, q, J = 7.4Hz), 1.22 (3H, t, J = 7.6Hz).

(C) 4- {3- [4-Ethyl-3- (4-hydroxyphenyl) isoxazol-5-yl] -2,2-difluoropropanoyl} amino-1-ethylpyrrole-3-carboxylic acid Example 40 To a DMF solution (3 mL) of the compound (140.7 mg, 0.36 mmol) obtained in (b) and the compound (102.0 mg, 0.36 mmol) obtained in Example 25 (a) at 0 ° C., HATU ( 179.6 mg, 0.47 mmol) and triethylamine (152 μL, 1.09 mmol) were added, and the mixture was warmed to room temperature and stirred for 1 hour. Water was added to the reaction mixture, and the mixture was extracted twice with ethyl acetate. The combined organic layers were washed with saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and concentrated. The obtained residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (hexane / ethyl acetate) to obtain an amide compound (141.1 mg, yield 63%) as a pale yellow candy-like substance.
The obtained amide compound (141.1 mg, 0.23 mmol) was dissolved in ethanol (2 mL) and THF (1 mL), 20% palladium hydroxide-carbon (14.0 mg) was added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 hours under a hydrogen atmosphere. After stirring, the mixture was filtered through Celite and Empore (registered trademark) and concentrated. The obtained crude crystals were washed with acetonitrile to obtain the title compound (68.5 mg, yield 69%) as a colorless powder.
¹ H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d ₆ ): δ (ppm) = 12.6 (1H, brs), 10.4 (1H, brs), 10.0 (1H, s), 7.53 (2H, d, J = 8.6 Hz), 7.42 (1H, d, J = 2.3Hz), 7.40 (1H, d, J = 2.4Hz), 6.93 (2H, d, J = 8.6Hz), 3.97 (2H, q, J = 7.4Hz), 3.71 ( 2H, t, J = 17.0Hz), 2.60 (2H, q, J = 7.9Hz), 1.32 (3H, t, J = 7.2Hz), 1.11 (3H, t, J = 7.2Hz).
MS m / z: 432 (M + H) ⁺ .

(Example 41)
4- {3- [4-Ethyl-5- (4-hydroxyphenyl) isoxazol-3-yl] -2,2-difluoropropanoyl} amino-1-ethylpyrrole-3-carboxylic acid

(A) 3-hydroxymethyl-5- (4-benzyloxyphenyl) isoxazole p-benzyloxybenzaldehyde (10.00 g, 41.12 mmol) in ethanol solution (100 mL) was added sodium carbonate (4.75 g, 56.54 mmol). ) And an aqueous solution (50 mL) of hydroxylamine hydrochloride (3.71 g, 51.83 mmol) were added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. The solvent was distilled off, water was added and the crude crystals were collected by filtration.
A 10% aqueous sodium hypochlorite solution (56 mL, 75.4 mmol) was added to a dichloromethane solution (120 mL) of the obtained crude crystals at 0 ° C., and the mixture was stirred for 1 hour, and then propargyl alcohol (3.96 g, 50.68 mmol). And stirred at 55 ° C. for 2 hours. The solvent was distilled off, water was added and the crude crystals were collected by filtration. The obtained crude crystals were dissolved in ethyl acetate, insoluble matters were collected by filtration, and the obtained filtrate was concentrated to obtain crude crystals. The obtained crude crystals were recrystallized from ethyl acetate to obtain an isoxazole compound (6.43 g, 2-step yield 49%) as a colorless powder.
¹ H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl ₃ ): δ (ppm) = 7.75 (2H, d, J = 9.0 Hz), 7.47-7.33 (5H, m), 7.06 (2H, d, J = 9.0 Hz), 6.52 ( 1H, s), 5.13 (2H, s), 4.82 (2H, d, J = 5.8Hz), 1.97 (1H, t, J = 5.8Hz).

(B) 4-ethyl-5- (4-benzyloxyphenyl) isoxazole-3-carbaldehyde (b) -1
N-bromosuccinimide (2.82 g, 15.84 mmol) was added to a DMF solution (30 mL) of the isoxazole compound (3.00 g, 13.20 mmol) obtained in Example 40 (a), and the mixture was stirred at 60 ° C. for 2 hours. did. Water was added to the reaction mixture, and the mixture was extracted twice with a mixed solvent of ethyl acetate and toluene, washed with water and saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and concentrated. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (hexane / ethyl acetate) to obtain a bromo compound (3.02 g, yield 81%) as a pale yellow oily substance.
To a DMA solution (40 mL) of the obtained bromo compound (2.97 g, 8.25 mmol), vinylboronic acid pinacol ester (1.90 g, 12.37 mmol), tetrakistriphenylphosphine palladium (0.19 g, 0.16 mmol), And 2M-sodium carbonate aqueous solution (12 mL, 24.0 mmol) was added, and it stirred at 130 degreeC for 2 hours. Water was added to the reaction mixture, and the mixture was extracted twice with a mixed solvent of ethyl acetate and toluene, washed with water and saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and concentrated. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (hexane / ethyl acetate) to obtain a vinyl isoxazole compound (1.93 g, yield 76%) as a colorless solid.
10% Palladium-carbon (0.13 g) was added to an ethyl acetate solution (40 mL) of the obtained vinyl isoxazole compound (1.80 g, 5.86 mmol), and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes in a hydrogen atmosphere. After filtration through celite, the filtrate was concentrated, and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (hexane / ethyl acetate) to obtain an ethyl isoxazole compound (1.59 g, yield 82%) as a colorless solid.

(B) -2
Manganese dioxide (1.29 g, 14.84 mmol) was added to a dichloromethane solution (12 mL) of the ethyl isoxazole compound (570.0 mg, 1.85 mmol) obtained in Example 41 (b) -1, and 4 at room temperature. Stir for 5 hours. After filtration through celite, the filtrate was concentrated, and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (hexane / ethyl acetate) to obtain an aldehyde (387.0 mg, yield 68%) as a colorless solid.
¹ H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl ₃ ): δ (ppm) = 10.1 (1H, s), 7.59 (2H, d, J = 9.0 Hz), 7.47-7.34 (5H, m), 7.11 (2H, d, J = 9.0Hz), 5.14 (2H, s), 2.88 (2H, q, J = 7.6Hz), 1.20 (3H, t, J = 7.6Hz).

(C) 3- [4-Ethyl-5- (4-hydroxyphenyl) isoxazol-3-yl] -2,2-difluoropropionic acid Example 40 using the compound obtained in Example 41 (b) Reaction was carried out in the same manner as in (b) to obtain carboxylic acid as a colorless solid.
¹ H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl ₃ ): δ (ppm) = 7.58 (2H, d, J = 8.8Hz), 7.46-7.33 (5H, m), 7.08 (2H, d, J = 8.8Hz), 5.12 ( 2H, s), 4.12 (2H, q, J = 7.4Hz), 3.64 (2H, t, J = 14.2Hz), 2.58 (2H, q, J = 7.4Hz), 1.26 (3H, t, J = 7.4 Hz), 1.09 (3H, t, J = 7.4 Hz).

(D) 4- {3- [4-Ethyl-5- (4-hydroxyphenyl) isoxazol-3-yl] -2,2-difluoropropanoyl} amino-1-ethylpyrrole-3-carboxylic acid Example 41 Using the compound obtained in (c), the reaction was carried out in the same manner as in Example 40 (c) to obtain the title compound as a colorless powder.
¹ H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d ₆ ): δ (ppm) = 12.6 (1H, brs), 10.3 (1H, brs), 9.86 (1H, s), 7.45 (2H, d, J = 8.7 Hz), 7.42 (1H, d, J = 2.3Hz), 7.41 (1H, d, J = 2.3Hz), 6.89 (2H, d, J = 8.7Hz), 3.97 (2H, q, J = 7.4Hz), 3.88 ( 2H, t, J = 17.4Hz), 2.55 (2H, q, J = 7.4Hz), 1.32 (3H, t, J = 7.4Hz), 0.95 (3H, t, J = 7.4Hz).
MS m / z: 432 (M + H) ⁺ .

(Example 42)
4- {3- [4-Chloro-5- (4-hydroxyphenyl) isoxazol-3-yl] -2,2-difluoropropanoyl} amino-1-ethylpyrrole-3-carboxylic acid

(A) 4-chloro-3-bromomethyl-5- (4-methoxyphenyl) isoxazole An isoxazole compound (2.50 g) obtained by carrying out a reaction in the same manner as in Example 41 (a) using p-anisaldehyde. , 8.89 mmol) in N-chlorosuccinimide was added to a DMF solution (25 mL), and the mixture was stirred at 60 ° C for 2 hours. Water was added to the reaction mixture, and the mixture was extracted twice with a mixed solvent of ethyl acetate and toluene, washed with water and saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and concentrated. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (hexane / ethyl acetate) to obtain a chloroisoxazole compound (1.44 g, yield 51%) as a pale yellow candy-like substance.
Carbon tetrabromide (2.39 g, 7.21 mmol) and triphenylphosphine (1.73 g, 6) were added to a dichloromethane solution (20 mL) of the obtained chloroisoxazole compound (1.44 g, 6.01 mmol) at room temperature. .61 mmol) was added and stirred for 30 minutes. The solvent was distilled off, and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (hexane / ethyl acetate) to give the title compound (0.75 g, yield 41%) as a colorless solid.
¹ H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl ₃ ): δ (ppm) = 7.85 (2H, d, J = 9.0 Hz), 7.02 (2H, d, J = 9.0 Hz), 4.53 (2H, s), 3.88 (3H, s).

(B) 3- [4-Chloro-5- (4-methoxyphenyl) isoxazol-3-yl] -2,2-difluoropropionic acid Example 39 using the compound obtained in Example 42 (a) The reaction was carried out in the same manner as in (a) to obtain the title compound as a colorless candy-like substance.
¹ H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl ₃ ): δ (ppm) = 7.84 (2H, d, J = 9.0Hz), 7.02 (2H, d, J = 9.0Hz), 3.88 (3H, s), 3.73 (2H, t, J = 14.6 Hz).

(C) 4- {3- [4-Chloro-5- (4-hydroxyphenyl) isoxazol-3-yl] -2,2-difluoropropanoyl} amino-1-ethylpyrrole-3-carboxylic acid Example 42 Using the compound obtained in (b), the reaction was carried out in the same manner as in Examples 22 (e) and 22 (f) to obtain the title compound as a pale yellow powder.
¹ H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl ₃ ): δ (ppm) = 12.6 (1H, brs), 10.4 (1H, brs), 10.1 (1H, s), 7.67 (2H, d, J = 8.6 Hz), 7.43 ( 1H, d, J = 2.3Hz), 7.41 (1H, d, J = 2.3Hz), 6.94 (2H, d, J = 8.6Hz), 4.00 (2H, t, J = 17.4Hz), 3.97 (2H, q, J = 7.2Hz), 1.33 (3H, t, J = 7.2Hz).
MS m / z: 432 (M + H) ⁺ .

(Example 43)
4- {3- [4-Chloro-3- (4-hydroxy-2-fluorophenyl) isoxazol-5-yl] propanoyl} amino-1-ethylpyrrole-3-carboxylic acid

(A) 3- [4-Chloro-3- (4-methoxy-2-fluorophenyl) isoxazol-5-yl] propionic acid Example 33 (a)-(d) using 4-methoxy-2-fluorobenzaldehyde ) And 33 (e) -1 to give the title compound.
¹ H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl ₃ ): δ (ppm) = 7.49 (1H, t, J = 8.2 Hz), 6.82 (1H, dd, J = 8.6, 2.8 Hz), 6.77 (1H, dd, J = 12.0 2.5Hz), 3.87 (3H, s), 3.19 (2H, t, J = 7.6Hz), 2.89 (2H, t, J = 7.6Hz).

(B) 4- {3- [4-Chloro-3- (4-hydroxy-2-fluorophenyl) isoxazol-5-yl] propanoyl} amino-1-ethylpyrrole-3-carboxylic acid Example 43 (a) Using the compound obtained in (1), the reaction was carried out in the same manner as in Example 33 (e) -2 and 33 (f) to obtain the title compound as a powder.
¹ H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d ₆ ): δ (ppm) = 12.2 (1H, brs), 10.5 (1H, s), 9.40 (1H, s), 7.39 (1H, t, J = 8.6 Hz), 7.32 (1H, d, J = 2.3Hz), 7.30 (1H, d, J = 2.3Hz), 6.79-6.75 (2H, m), 3.91 (2H, q, J = 7.3Hz), 3.14 (2H, t , J = 7.2Hz), 2.88 (2H, t, J = 7.2Hz), 1.30 (3H, t, J = 7.2Hz).
MS m / z: 422 (M + H) ⁺ .

(Example 44)
4- {3- [3- (4-hydroxyphenyl) isoxazol-5-yl] propanoyl} amino-1-ethylpyrrole-3-carboxylic acid

Using the compound obtained in Example 33 (c), the reaction was carried out in the same manner as in Examples 33 (e) and 33 (f) to obtain the title compound as a powder.
¹ H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d ₆ ): δ (ppm) = 12.2 (1H, brs), 9.87 (1H, s), 9.40 (1H, s), 7.64 (2H, d, J = 8.6 Hz), 7.32 (1H, d, J = 2.4Hz), 7.30 (1H, d, J = 2.4Hz), 6.86 (2H, d, J = 8.6Hz), 6.71 (1H, s), 3.91 (2H, q, J = 7.3Hz), 3.06 (2H, t, J = 7.2Hz), 2.83 (2H, t, J = 7.2Hz), 1.30 (3H, t, J = 7.2Hz).
MS m / z: 370 (M + H) ⁺ .

(Example 45)
4- {3- [4-Ethyl-3- (4-hydroxy-2-fluorophenyl) isoxazol-5-yl] propanoyl} amino-1-ethylpyrrole-3-carboxylic acid

(A) 3- [4-Ethyl-3- (4-methoxy-2-fluorophenyl) isoxazol-5-yl] propionic acid Using 4-methoxy-2-fluorobenzaldehyde, Examples 33 (a) to (c) ) And 8 (a). Using the obtained compound, reaction was carried out in the same manner as in Example 33 (e) -1 to obtain the title compound.
¹ H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl ₃ ): δ (ppm) = 7.40 (1H, t, J = 8.4 Hz), 6.80 (1H, dd, J = 8.6, 2.3 Hz), 6.73 (1H, dd, J = 11.8 , 2.3Hz), 6.40-6.33 (1H, m), 5.28 (1H, d, J = 5.5Hz), 5.27 (1H, d, J = 12.5Hz), 3.86 (3H, s), 3.21 (2H, t , J = 7.6Hz), 2.86 (2H, t, J = 7.6Hz).

(B) 4- {3- [4-Ethyl-3- (4-hydroxy-2-fluorophenyl) isoxazol-5-yl] propanoyl} amino-1-ethylpyrrole-3-carboxylic acid Example 45 (a) Using the compound obtained in (1), the reaction was carried out in the same manner as in Example 33 (e) -2 and 33 (f) to obtain the title compound as a powder.
¹ H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d ₆ ): δ (ppm) = 12.2 (1H, brs), 10.3 (1H, s), 9.37 (1H, s), 7.32 (1H, d, J = 2.3 Hz), 7.30 (1H, d, J = 2.3Hz), 7.27 (1H, t, J = 8.8Hz), 6.75-6.71 (2H, m), 3.92 (2H, q, J = 7.3Hz), 3.07 (2H, t , J = 7.4Hz), 2.78 (2H, t, J = 7.4Hz), 2.35 (2H, q, J = 7.6Hz), 1.30 (3H, t, J = 7.2Hz), 0.91 (3H, t, J = 7.6Hz).
MS m / z: 416 (M + H) ⁺ .

(Example 46)
4- {3- [4-Chloro-5- (4-hydroxyphenyl) isoxazol-3-yl] -2-fluoropropanoyl} amino-1-ethylpyrrole-3-carboxylic acid

(A) 3- [4-Chloro-5- (4-methoxyphenyl) isoxazol-3-yl] -2-fluoropropionic acid Example 22 (d) using the compound obtained in Example 42 (a) ) To give the title compound.
¹ H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl ₃ ): δ (ppm) = 7.83 (2H, d, J = 8.3 Hz), 7.01 (2H, d, J = 8.8 Hz), 5.38 (1H, ddd, J = 4.4, 7.3 and 47.9 Hz), 3.87 (3H, s), 3.59-3.46 (2H, m).

(B) 4- {3- [4-Chloro-5- (4-hydroxyphenyl) isoxazol-3-yl] -2-fluoropropanoyl} amino-1-ethylpyrrole-3-carboxylic acid Example 46 (a ) Was used in the same manner as in Examples 22 (e) and 22 (f) to give the title compound as a pale yellow powder.
¹ H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d ₆ ): δ (ppm) = 12.4 (1H, brs), 10.1 (1H, s), 7.65 (2H, d, J = 9.0 Hz), 7.40 (1H, d, J = 2.4Hz), 7.37 (1H, d, J = 2.4Hz), 6.93 (2H, d, J = 9.0Hz), 5.64 (1H, ddd, J = 4.3, 7.4 and 47.7Hz), 3.95 (2H, q , J = 7.4Hz), 3.66-3.47 (2H, m), 1.32 (3H, t, J = 7.4Hz).
MS m / z: 421 (M + H) ⁺ .

(Example 47)
4- {3- [3- (4-hydroxyphenyl) isoxazol-5-yl] propanoyl} amino-1-butylpyrrole-3-carboxylic acid

Using the compound obtained in Example 33 (c) and the compound obtained in Example 11 (b), the reaction was carried out in the same manner as in Examples 1 (c) and 1 (d), and the title compound was converted into powder. Obtained.
¹ H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d ₆ ): δ (ppm) = 12.2 (1H, brs), 9.85 (1H, s), 9.38 (1H, s), 7.63 (2H, d, J = 8.3 Hz), 7.29 (1H, d, J = 2.4Hz), 7.27 (1H, d, J = 2.4Hz), 6.85 (2H, d, J = 8.3Hz), 6.70 (1H, s), 3.87 (2H, t, J = 7.1Hz), 3.06 (2H, t, J = 7.4Hz), 2.83 (2H, t, J = 7.4Hz), 1.68-1.62 (2H, m), 1.23-1.16 (2H, m), 0.87 (3H , t, J = 7.3Hz).
MS m / z: 398 (M + H) ⁺ .

(Example 48)
4- {3- [3- (5-Hydroxypyridin-2-yl) -1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl] propanoyl} amino-1-isopropylpyrrole-3-carboxylic acid

(A) 4-Amino-1-isopropylpyrrole-3-carboxylic acid ethyl ester hydrochloride The reaction was conducted in the same manner as in Examples 11 (a) and 11 (b) using isopropylamine to obtain the title compound.
¹ H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d ₆ ): δ (ppm) = 9.90 (2H, brs), 7.61 (1H, d, J = 2.4 Hz), 7.10 (1H, s), 4.43-4.36 (1H, m ), 4.23 (2H, q, J = 7.2Hz), 1.38 (6H, d, J = 6.7Hz), 1.29 (3H, t, J = 7.2Hz).

(B) 4- {3- [3- (5-Hydroxypyridin-2-yl) -1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl] propanoyl} amino-1-isopropylpyrrole-3-carboxylic acid Using the compound obtained in Example 48 (a) and the compound obtained in Example 3 (b), the reaction was carried out in the same manner as in Examples 3 (c) and 3 (d) to obtain the title compound as a powder. It was.
¹ H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d ₆ ): δ (ppm) = 12.3 (1H, brs), 10.6 (1H, s), 9.45 (1H, s), 8.27 (1H, d, J = 2.7 Hz), 7.91 (1H, d, J = 8.6Hz), 7.35-7.32 (2H, m), 7.30 (1H, d, J = 2.7Hz), 4.31-4.25 (1H, m), 3.24 (2H, t, J = 6.9Hz), 3.00 (2H, t, J = 6.9Hz), 1.34 (6H, d, J = 6.6Hz).
MS m / z: 384 (M-H) ^- .

(Example 49)
4- {3- [3- (4-Hydroxyphenyl) -1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl] propanoyl} amino-1-benzylpyrrole-3-carboxylic acid

(A) 4-Amino-1-benzylpyrrole-3-carboxylic acid ethyl ester hydrochloride A reaction was carried out in the same manner as in Examples 11 (a) and 11 (b) using benzylamine to obtain the title compound.
¹ H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d ₆ ): δ (ppm) = 9.91 (2H, brs), 7.67 (1H, d, J = 2.4 Hz), 7.41-7.30 (5H, m), 7.12 (1H, s ), 5.19 (2H, s), 4.22 (2H, q, J = 7.0Hz), 1.28 (3H, t, J = 7.0Hz).

(B) 4- {3- [3- (4-Hydroxyphenyl) -1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl] propanoyl} amino-1-benzylpyrrole-3-carboxylic acid Example 49 (a ) And the compound obtained in Example 12 (b) were used in the same manner as in Example 12 (c) to give the title compound as a powder.
¹ H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d ₆ ): δ (ppm) = 12.3 (1H, brs), 10.1 (1H, s), 9.44 (1H, s), 7.81 (2H, d, J = 9.0 Hz), 7.42 (1H, s), 7.41-7.25 (6H, m), 6.90 (2H, d, J = 9.0Hz), 5.09 (2H, s), 3.20 (2H, t, J = 7.0Hz), 2.96 (2H , t, J = 7.0Hz).
MS m / z: 433 (M + H) ⁺ .

(Example 50)
4- {3- [3- (4-hydroxyphenyl) -1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl] propanoyl} amino-1-butyl-2-methylpyrrole-3-carboxylic acid

(A) 4-t-Butoxycarbonylamino-2-methylpyrrole-3-carboxylic acid ethyl ester To an ethanol solution (23 mL) of aminoacetonitrile hydrochloride (7.00 g, 53.79 mmol), triethylamine (8.25 mL, 59. 17 mmol) was added and stirred at room temperature for 10 minutes, and then ethyl acetoacetate (5.47 g, 59.17 mmol) was added, followed by stirring at 70 ° C. for 1 hour. The solvent was distilled off, ice water (50 mL) was added to the reaction solution, the mixture was stirred at 0 ° C., and the deposited precipitate was collected by filtration to obtain an enamine compound (7.35 g, yield 81%) as a colorless powder.
The enamine compound (7.35 g, 43.7 mmol) obtained from an ethanol solution of sodium ethoxide prepared from metallic sodium (1.11 g, 48.1 mmol) was added and stirred at room temperature for 18 hours. 4M-hydrochloric acid-ethyl acetate solution was added to neutralize the reaction solution (pH = 6), and the solvent was distilled off. The deposited precipitate was collected by filtration to obtain an aminopyrrole compound as a brown solid.
Triethylamine (4.74 mL, 34.0 mmol), Boc2O (7.42 g, 34.0 mmol), and DMAP (3.12 g, 25.5 mmol) were added to a dichloromethane solution (150 mL) of the obtained aminopyrrole compound, Stir at room temperature for 4 hours. Water was added to the reaction mixture, and the mixture was extracted twice with ethyl acetate, washed with saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated. The obtained residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (hexane / ethyl acetate) to obtain the title compound (1.84 g, yield of 2 steps: 20%) as a colorless oily substance.
¹ H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl ₃ ): δ (ppm) = 8.49 (1H, brs), 7.90 (1H, brs), 7.01 (1H, d, J = 1.9Hz), 4.31 (2H, q, J = 7.2 Hz), 2.45 (3H, s), 1.49 (9H, s), 1.37 (3H, t, J = 7.2Hz).

(B) 4-Amino-1-butyl-2-methylpyrrole-3-carboxylic acid ethyl ester hydrochloride Hydrochloric acid solution of the compound obtained in Example 50 (a) (1.00 g, 3.73 mmol) in DMF (10 mL) 60% sodium hydride (178.9 mg, 4.47 mmol) was added to the mixture, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 20 minutes. Then, n-butyl iodide (470 μL, 4.10 mmol) was added to the reaction mixture at 0 ° C. Allow to warm and stir for 1 hour. Water was added to the reaction mixture, and the mixture was extracted twice with ethyl acetate, washed with saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated. The obtained residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (hexane / ethyl acetate) to obtain a butylpyrrole compound (0.78 g, yield 64%) as a colorless oily substance.
To the resulting butylpyrrole compound (0.78 g, 2.4 mmol) was added 4M-hydrochloric acid-ethyl acetate solution at room temperature, and the mixture was allowed to stand for 6 hours. The solvent was evaporated to give the title compound (0 0.62 g, 100% yield).
¹ H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d ₆ ): δ (ppm) = 7.05 (1H, brs), 5.24 (2H, brs), 4.34 (2H, q, J = 7.4 Hz), 3.69 (2H, t, J = 7.5Hz), 2.63 (3H, s), 1.71 (2H, m), 1.39-1.32 (5H, m), 0.98 (3H, t, J = 7.4Hz).

(C) 4- {3- [3- (4-hydroxyphenyl) -1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl] propanoyl} amino-1-butyl-2-methylpyrrole-3-carboxylic acid Using the compound obtained in Example 50 (c) and the compound obtained in Example 3 (b), the reaction was carried out in the same manner as in Examples 3 (c) and 3 (d) to obtain the title compound.
¹ H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d ₆ ): δ (ppm) = 12.4 (1H, brs), 10.6 (1H, s), 9.61 (1H, s), 8.26 (1H, d, J = 3.0 Hz), 7.90 (1H, d, J = 8.8Hz), 7.30 (1H, dd, J = 8.8 and 3.0Hz), 7.18 (1H, s), 3.81 (2H, t, J = 7.0Hz), 3.23 (2H, t , J = 7.0Hz), 2.96 (2H, t, J = 7.0Hz), 1.56 (2H, m), 1.23 (2H, m), 0.86 (3H, t, J = 7.3Hz).
MS m / z: 414 (M + H) ⁺ .

(Example 51)
4- {3- [3- (4-Hydroxyphenyl) -1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl] propanoyl} amino-5-cyano-1-butylpyrrole-3-carboxylic acid

(A) 4-Amino-5-cyano-1-butylpyrrole-3-carboxylic acid ethyl ester hydrochloride Hydrochloride solution (100 mL) of the compound (5.00 g, 20.3 mmol) obtained in Example 11 (b) Were added with Boc ₂ O (8.84 g, 40.6 mmol) and pyridine (2.46 mL, 30.4 mmol), and stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. Water was added to the reaction mixture, and the mixture was extracted twice with dichloromethane, washed with saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated. The obtained residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (hexane / ethyl acetate) to obtain a Boc-aminopyrrole compound (6.29 g, yield 100%) as a colorless oily substance.
Chlorosulfonyl isocyanate (28 μL, 0.32 mmol) was added to an acetonitrile solution (1 mL) of the obtained Boc-aminopyrrole compound (100 mg, 0.32 mmol) at 0 ° C. and stirred for 2 hours, and then DMF (51 μL, 0 .64 mmol) and triethylamine (90 μL, 0.64 mmol) were added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. After the reaction solution was filtered, the filtrate was diluted with ethyl acetate, washed with water and concentrated. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (hexane / ethyl acetate) to obtain a cyanoaminopyrrole compound (67.9 mg, yield 63%) as a pale yellow oily substance.
To the obtained cyanoaminopyrrole compound (67.9 mg, 0.20 mmol) was added 4M-hydrochloric acid-dioxane solution, and the mixture was allowed to stand at room temperature for 24 hours. The reaction solution was concentrated to obtain the title compound (54.3 mg, yield 100%).
¹ H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl ₃ ): δ (ppm) = 7.09 (1H, s), 4.85 (2H, brs), 4.28 (2H, q, J = 7.1 Hz), 3.87 (2H, t, J = 7.0 Hz), 1.79 (2H, m), 1.38-1.28 (5H, m), 0.95 (2H, t, J = 7.4 Hz).

(B) 4- {3- [3- (4-Hydroxyphenyl) -1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl] propanoyl} amino-5-cyano-1-butylpyrrole-3-carboxylic acid Using the compound obtained in Example 51 (a) and the carboxylic acid compound obtained in Example 3 (b), the reaction was carried out in the same manner as in Examples 3- (c) and 3 (d) to obtain the title compound. Obtained.
¹ H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d ₆ ): δ (ppm) = 12.7 (1H, brs), 10.6 (1H, brs), 9.97 (1H, brs), 8.28 (1H, d, J = 3.0 Hz), 7.92 (1H, d, J = 8.6Hz), 7.75 (1H, s), 7.31 (1H, dd, J = 8.6 and 3.0Hz), 4.03 (2H, t, J = 6.8Hz), 3.25 (2H, t , J = 6.9Hz), 3.00 (2H, t, J = 6.9Hz), 1.70 (2H, m), 1.23 (2H, m), 0.88 (3H, t, J = 7.4Hz).
MS m / z: 425 (M + H) ^<+> .

(Example 52)
4- {3- [3- (4-Hydroxyphenyl) -1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl] propanoyl} amino-2-chloro-1-butylpyrrole-3-carboxylic acid

(A) 4-amino-2-chloro-1-butylpyrrole-3-carboxylic acid ethyl ester hydrochloride A carbon tetrachloride solution of the compound (1.00 g, 3.22 mmol) obtained in Example 11 (b) ( 10 mL), N-chlorosuccinimide (0.47 g, 3.54 mmol) was added at 0 ° C., and the mixture was warmed to room temperature and stirred for 1.5 hours. The solvent was distilled off, and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (hexane / ethyl acetate) to obtain a chloroaminopyrrole compound (0.24 g, yield 22%) as a pale yellow oily substance.
To the obtained chloroaminopyrrole compound (190 mg, 0.61 mmol), 4M-hydrochloric acid-dioxane solution was added and allowed to stand at room temperature for 8 hours. The reaction solution was concentrated to obtain the title compound (172.1 mg, yield 100%) as a pale purple solid.
¹ H NMR (400 MHz, MeOH-d4): δ (ppm) = 9.79 (2H, brs), 7.15 (1H, s), 4.26 (2H, q, J = 7.0 Hz), 4.02 (2H, t, J = 7.2Hz), 1.64 (2H, m), 1.31 (3H, t, J = 7.0Hz), 1.25 (2H, m), 0.89 (3H, t, J = 7.4Hz).

(B) 4- {3- [3- (4-hydroxyphenyl) -1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl] propanoyl} amino-2-chloro-1-butylpyrrole-3-carboxylic acid Using the compound obtained in Example 51 (a) and the compound obtained in Example 3 (b), the reaction was carried out in the same manner as in Examples 3 (c) and 3 (d) to obtain the title compound.
¹ H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d ₆ ): δ (ppm) = 10.7 (1H, brs), 9.64 (1H, brs), 8.27 (1H, d, J = 3.0 Hz), 7.90 (1H, d, J = 8.6Hz), 7.38 (1H, s), 7.31 (1H, dd, J = 8.6 and 3.0Hz), 3.93 (2H, t, J = 7.2Hz), 3.24 (2H, t, J = 7.0Hz), 2.99 (2H, t, J = 7.0Hz), 1.61 (2H, m), 1.23 (2H, m), 0.86 (3H, t, J = 7.5Hz).
MS m / z: 434 (M + H) ^<+> .

(Example 53)
4- {3- [4-Trifluoromethyl-5- (4-hydroxyphenyl) isoxazol-3-yl] propanoyl} amino-1-ethylpyrrole-3-carboxylic acid

(A) 3- [4-trifluoromethyl-5- (4-hydroxyphenyl) isoxazol-3-yl] propionic acid 1-methoxy-4-trifluoropropynylbenzene (373.2 mg, 1.86 mmol) and 4- 1,4-phenylene diisocyanate (597.1 mg, 3.73 mol) and triethylamine (780 μL, 5.60 mmol) were added to a toluene solution (10 mL) of nitrobutanoic acid methyl ester (441.5 mg, 2.80 mmol), The mixture was stirred at 150 ° C. for 2 hours using a microwave reactor. After filtering through Celite and evaporating the solvent, the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (hexane / ethyl acetate) to obtain a trifluoromethylisoxazole compound (144.0 mg, yield 25%).
To an ethanol solution (3 mL) of the obtained trifluoromethylisoxazole compound (144.0 mg, 0.44 mmol) was added 1M sodium hydroxide aqueous solution (880 μL, 0.88 mmol), and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. 5M hydrochloric acid was added to the reaction solution, and the deposited precipitate was collected by filtration to obtain the title compound (129.7 mg, yield 94%) as a colorless powder.
¹ H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl ₃ ): δ (ppm) = 7.66 (2H, d, J = 8.8 Hz), 7.01 (2H, d, J = 8.8 Hz), 3.88 (3H, s), 3.15 (2H, t, J = 7.3Hz), 2.92 (2H, t, J = 7.3Hz).

(B) 4- {3- [4-trifluoromethyl-5- (4-hydroxyphenyl) isoxazol-3-yl] propanoyl} amino-1-ethylpyrrole-3-carboxylic acid obtained in Example 53 (a) The obtained compound was reacted in the same manner as in Examples 1 (c) and 1 (d) to obtain the title compound as a colorless powder.
H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d ₆ ): δ (ppm) = 12.2 (1H, s), 10.4 (1H, s), 9.41 (1H, s), 7.55 (2H, d, J = 8.6 Hz), 7.31 (1H, d, J = 2.3Hz), 7.30 (1H, d, J = 2.3Hz), 6.97 (2H, d, J = 8.6Hz), 3.91 (2H, q, J = 7.1Hz), 3.09 (2H , t, J = 7.1Hz), 2.85 (2H, t, J = 7.1Hz), 1.30 (3H, t, J = 7.1Hz).
MS m / z: 438 (M + H) ⁺ .

(Example 54)
4- {3- [2- (4-Hydroxyphenyl) thiazol-5-yl] -2-methylpropanoyl} amino-1-ethylpyrrole-3-carboxylic acid

A solution of sodium hydride (450 mg, 11.7 mmol) in THF (100 mL) was ice-cooled in a nitrogen atmosphere, and methylmalonic acid diethyl ester (2 mL, 11.7 mmol) was added dropwise. The reaction solution was brought to room temperature and stirred for 1 hour, 2-chloro-5-chloromethylthiazole (2.0 g, 13 mmol) was added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 day. Water was added to the reaction mixture, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with water and saturated brine. After drying the organic layer over anhydrous sodium sulfate, the solvent was distilled off and the resulting residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (hexane / ethyl acetate) to obtain an oily substance (1.7 g, yield 48%). It was.
The obtained compound was dissolved in ethanol (15 mL), 2N aqueous sodium hydroxide solution (15 mL) was added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 day. The reaction solution was neutralized with 2N hydrochloric acid, a salt was added, the organic layer was extracted with ethyl acetate, and the organic layer was washed with water and saturated brine. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and then the solvent was distilled off to obtain a colorless solid (0.98 g, yield 71%). The obtained solid was dissolved in xylene (70 mL) and heated under reflux for 4 hours, and then the solvent was distilled off to obtain an oily substance (860 mg, yield 99%).
Using the obtained compound (205 mg, 1.0 mmol) and the compound obtained in Example 12 (a), the reaction was carried out in the same manner as in Example 1 (c) -1, and then 4-methoxyphenylboronic acid was used. Then, the reaction was carried out in the same manner as in Example 7 (b). The obtained ester compound was used in the same manner as in Examples 1 (c) -2 and 1 (d) to obtain the title compound (85.5 mg) as a yellow solid.
¹ H NMR (500 MHz, CD ₃ OD): δ (ppm) = 9.49 (1H, brs), 7.68 (2H, d, J = 8.3 Hz), 7.46 (1H, s), 7.14 (1H, d, J = 2.4Hz), 6.86 (2H, d, J = 8.8Hz), 3.92 (2H, q, J = 7.0Hz), 3.28 (1H, dd, J = 14.6 and 7.8Hz), 3.00 (1H, dd, J = 14.8 and 6.5Hz), 2.76-2.75 (1H, m), 1.45 (3H, t, J = 7.3Hz), 1.32 (3H, d, J = 7.0Hz), 1.27 (3H, t, J = 7.1Hz) .

(Example 55)
4- {3- [4- (4-hydroxyphenyl)-[1,3,4] thiadiazol-2-yl] propanoyl} amino-1-methylpyrrole-3-carboxylic acid

(A) Ethyl 3- [5- (4-methoxyphenyl)-[1,3,4] thiadiazol-2-yl] propionate 4-methoxybenzoyl hydrazide (1.0 g, 6.02 mmol) in dichloromethane (18 ml) And succinic acid chloride monoethyl ester (0.86 ml, 6.02 mmol) and pyridine (0.54 ml, 6.62 mmol) were added under ice cooling. The mixture was stirred overnight while gradually warming to room temperature. 1N-hydrochloric acid was added to the reaction mixture, and the mixture was extracted 3 times with dichloromethane. The organic layer was washed with a saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and concentrated under reduced pressure.
The obtained residue was suspended in toluene (25 ml), Lawesson reagent (1.95 g, 4.81 mmol) and pyridine (0.97 ml) were added, and the mixture was stirred at 100 ° C. for 1 hour. The reaction mixture was concentrated, and the residue was purified by a preparative purification apparatus (Biotage, ethyl acetate: hexane = 1: 19-2: 3) to obtain the title compound (1.76 g, quantitative) as a colorless solid.
¹ H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl ₃ ): δ (ppm) = 7.85 (2H, d, J = 9.3 Hz), 6.95 (2H, d, J = 9.3 Hz), 4.16 (2H, q, J = 7.4 Hz) , 3.85 (3H, s), 3.41 (2H, t, J = 7.0Hz), 2.89 (2H, t, J = 7.0Hz), 1.26 (3H, t, J = 7.4Hz).
MS m / z: 293 (M + H) ⁺ .

(B) 3- [5- (4-Methoxyphenyl)-[1,3,4] thiadiazol-2-yl] propionic acid Compound obtained in Example 55 (a) (1.76 g, 6.02 mmol) Was dissolved in a mixed solvent of ethanol (15 ml) and THF (15 ml), 5N-aqueous sodium hydroxide solution (3.60 ml) was added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hr. 1N-hydrochloric acid was added to the reaction mixture, and the mixture was extracted 3 times with a mixed solvent of ethyl acetate-THF. The organic layer was washed with saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by a preparative purification apparatus (Biotage, dichloromethane: methanol = 98: 2-80: 20) to obtain the title compound (1.25 g, 79%) as a colorless solid.

(C) 4- {3- [5- (4-Methoxyphenyl) [1,3,4] thiadiazol-2-yl] propanoylamino} -1-methylpyrrole-3-carboxylic acid ethyl ester Example 55 ( The compound obtained in b) (80 mg, 0.39 mmol) and 4-amino-1-methylpyrrole-3-carboxylic acid ethyl hydrochloride (103 mg, 0.39 mmol) were dissolved in dimethylformamide (3 ml), and HATU ( 163 mg, 0.43 mmol) and diisopropylethylamine (0.089 mL, 0.51 mmol) were added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 5 hours. A sodium hydrogen carbonate aqueous solution was added to the reaction mixture, and the mixture was extracted 3 times with a mixed solvent of ethyl acetate-THF. The organic layer was washed with saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by a preparative purification apparatus (Biotage, ethyl acetate: hexane = 3: 7, then ethyl acetate) to obtain the title compound (162 mg, quantitative) as a colorless solid.
¹ H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl ₃ ): δ (ppm) = 9.36 (1H, brs), 7.84 (2H, d, J = 8.6Hz), 7.39 (1H, d, J = 2.4Hz), 7.07 (1H, d, J = 2.4Hz), 6.94 (2H, d, J = 8.6Hz), 4.26 (2H, q, J = 7.4Hz), 3.87 (2H, q, J = 7.0Hz), 3.81 (3H, s) , 3.51 (2H, t, J = 7.0Hz), 2.96 (2H, t, J = 7.0Hz), 1.42 (3H, t, J = 7.4Hz), 1.32 (3H, t, J = 7.0Hz).
MS m / z: 429 (M + H) ⁺ .

(D) 4- {3- [5- (4-Methoxyphenyl) [1,3,4] thiadiazol-2-yl] propanoylamino} -1-methylpyrrole-3-carboxylic acid Example 55 (c) The compound obtained in step (162 mg, 0.39 mmol) was dissolved in ethanol (6 ml) -THF (6 ml), 1N-aqueous lithium hydroxide solution (1.56 ml) was added, and the mixture was stirred at 75 ° C. for 6.5 hours. . Concentrated hydrochloric acid (0.13 ml) was added to the reaction mixture, and the mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified with a preparative purification apparatus (Biotage, dichloromethane: methanol = 98: 2-75: 25) to give the title compound (93 mg) Was obtained as a colorless solid. The obtained compound was suspended in dichloromethane (5 mL), cooled in a dry ice-acetone bath, 1N-boron tribromide-dichloromethane solution (1.68 mL) was added, and the mixture was gradually warmed to room temperature overnight. Stir. Water was added to the reaction mixture, and the mixture was extracted 3 times with ethyl acetate-THF. The organic layer was washed with saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by a preparative purification apparatus (Biotage, dichloromethane: methanol = 97: 3-60: 40) to obtain the title compound (65 mg, 73%).
¹ H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d ₆ ): δ (ppm) = 12.3 (1H, brs), 10.2 (1H, brs), 9.47 (1H, brs), 7.78 (2H, d, J = 8.8 Hz), 7.34 (1H, d, J = 2.4Hz), 7.32 (1H, d, J = 2.4Hz), 6.92 (2H, d, J = 8.8Hz), 3.93 (2H, q, J = 7.3Hz), 3.40 ( 2H, t, J = 7.3Hz), 2.95 (2H, t, J = 7.3Hz), 1.33 (2H, t, J = 7.3Hz).
MS m / z: 385 (M-H) ^- .

(Example 56)
4- {3- [1- (4-hydroxyphenyl) -5-isopropylpyrazol-4-yl] propanoylamino} -1-ethylpyrrole-3-carboxylic acid

(A) 5-isopropyl-1- (4-methoxyphenyl) pyrazole-4-carboxylic acid ethyl ester A mixture of ethyl isobutyryl acetate (500 mg, 3.16 mmol) and dimethylformamide dimethyl acetal (414 mg, 3.48 mmol) For 2 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature, 4-methoxyphenylhydrazine hydrochloride (552 mg, 3.16 mmol) and ethanol (8 ml) were added, and the mixture was stirred at 80 ° C. for 1.5 hr. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by a preparative purification apparatus (Biotage, ethyl acetate: hexane = 1: 19-1: 4), and the title compound (682 mg, 75%) was yellow. Obtained as a solid.
¹ H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl ₃ ): δ (ppm) = 7.98 (1H, s), 7.25 (2H, d, J = 8.6Hz), 6.97 (2H, d, J = 8.6Hz), 4.30 (2H, q, J = 7.4Hz), 3.85 (3H, s), 3.24 (1H, sept, J = 7.0Hz), 1.36 (3H, t, J = 7.4Hz), 1.31 (6H, d, J = 7.0Hz) .
MS m / z: 289 (M + H) ^<+> .

(B) [5-Isopropyl-1- (4-methoxyphenyl) pyrazol-4-yl] methanol The compound obtained in Example 56 (a) (680 mg, 2.36 mmol) was dissolved in THF (10 ml). While stirring in an ice bath, lithium aluminum hydride (98 mg, 2.59 mmol) was gradually added and stirred at the same temperature for 1 hour. Water was added to the reaction solution, insoluble matters were removed by Celite filtration, and the filtrate was extracted three times with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by a preparative purification apparatus (Biotage, ethyl acetate: hexane = 1: 1, then ethyl acetate) to obtain the title compound (490 mg, 84%) as a colorless solid.
¹ H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl ₃ ): δ (ppm) = 7.55 (1H, s), 7.25 (2H, d, J = 8.6Hz), 6.95 (2H, d, J = 8.6Hz), 4.67 (2H, s), 3.84 (3H, s), 3.04 (1H, sept, J = 7.0Hz), 1.56 (1H, brs), 1.27 (6H, d, J = 7.0Hz).
MS m / z: 247 (M + H) ⁺ .

(C) 5-Isopropyl-1- (4-methoxyphenyl) pyrazole-4-carbaldehyde The compound (490 mg, 1.99 mmol) obtained in Example 56 (b) was dissolved in THF (10 ml), and manganese dioxide was obtained. (590 mg, 5.97 mmol) was added and stirred at room temperature for 42 hours. Manganese dioxide (295 mg, 2.98 mmol) was added to the reaction mixture, and the mixture was further stirred for 24 hours. The insoluble material was removed by filtration, and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure and then purified with a preparative purification apparatus (Biotage, ethyl acetate: hexane = 1: 9-2: 3) to give the title compound (486 mg, quantitative) as a colorless solid Got as.
¹ H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl ₃ ): δ (ppm) = 10.04 (1H, s), 8.03 (1H, s), 7.27 (2H, d, J = 9.0 Hz), 6.99 (2H, d, J = 9.0 Hz), 3.86 (3H, s), 3.16 (1H, sept, J = 7.0 Hz), 1.35 (6H, d, J = 7.0 Hz).

(D) Ethyl 3- [5-isopropyl-1- (4-methoxyphenyl) pyrazol-4-yl] acrylate Sodium hydride (37 mg, 0.98 mmol) was suspended in THF (4 ml), and triethyl was added under ice cooling. Phosphonoacetate (220 mg, 0.98 mmol) was added dropwise. After stirring at the same temperature for 30 minutes, a solution of the compound obtained in Example 56 (c) (200 mg, 0.82 mmol) in THF (3 ml) was added. The reaction solution was stirred for 2.5 hours while gradually warming to room temperature. Saturated brine was added to the reaction mixture, and the mixture was extracted 3 times with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by a preparative purification apparatus (Biotage, ethyl acetate: hexane = 1: 9-2: 3) to obtain the title compound (256 mg, quantitative) as a colorless solid.
¹ H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl ₃ ): δ (ppm) = 7.86 (1H, s), 7.85 (1H, d, J = 16.1Hz), 7.30 (2H, d, J = 8.8Hz), 7.01 (2H, d, J = 8.8Hz), 6.23 (1H, d, J = 16.1Hz), 4.28 (2H, q, J = 7.3Hz), 3.89 (3H, s), 3.14 (1H, sept, J = 6.8Hz) , 1.36 (3H, t, J = 7.3Hz), 1.34 (6H, d, J = 6.8Hz).
MS m / z: 315 (M + H) ⁺ .

(E) Ethyl 3- [5-isopropyl-1- (4-methoxyphenyl) pyrazol-4-yl] propionate The compound (254 mg, 0.81 mmol) obtained in Example 56 (d) was treated with ethanol (5 ml). And dissolved in THF (5 ml), 10% palladium-carbon (50 mg) was added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours in a hydrogen atmosphere. The catalyst was removed by filtration, and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by a preparative purification apparatus (Biotage, ethyl acetate: hexane = 1: 4-2: 3) to give the title compound (243 mg, 95%) as a colorless oil. Got as.
¹ H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl ₃ ): δ (ppm) = 7.39 (1H, s), 7.24 (2H, d, J = 9.0 Hz), 6.94 (2H, d, J = 9.0 Hz), 4.15 (2H, q, J = 7.4Hz), 3.83 (3H, s), 3.01 (1H, sept, J = 6.7Hz), 2.89 (2H, t, J = 7.4Hz), 2.62 (2H, t, J = 7.4Hz) , 1.26 (3H, t, J = 7.4Hz), 1.34 (6H, d, J = 6.7Hz).
MS m / z: 317 (M + H) ⁺ .

(F) 4- {3- [5-Isopropyl-1- (4-methoxyphenyl) pyrazol-4-yl] propionic acid The compound (120 mg, 0.38 mmol) obtained in Example 56 (e) was treated with ethanol ( 2N) and THF (2 ml), 5N aqueous sodium hydroxide solution (228 μl) was added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 4 hours. Concentrated hydrochloric acid (95 μl) was added to the reaction solution, and the reaction solution was concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain a crude product of the title compound.

(G) Ethyl 4- {3- [5-isopropyl-1- (4-methoxyphenyl) pyrazol-4-yl] propanoylamino} -1-ethylpyrrolecarboxylate Compound obtained in Example 56 (f) (0.38 mmol), ethyl 4-amino-1-methylpyrrole-3-carboxylate (83 mg, 0.38 mmol), HATU (159 mg, 0.42 mmol), and diisopropylethylamine (132 μl, 0.76 mmol) Was used in the same manner as in Example 1 (c) -1 to give the title compound (172 mg, quantitative) as a colorless oil.
¹ H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl ₃ ): δ (ppm) = 9.32 (1H, brs), 7.43 (1H, d, J = 2.4 Hz), 7.41 (1H, s), 7.24 (1H, d <J = 9.0 Hz), 7.07 (1H, d, J = 2.4Hz), 6.93 (2H, d, J = 9.0Hz), 4.27 (2H, q, J = 7.0Hz), 3.88 (2H, q, J = 7.4Hz) , 3.83 (3H, s), 3.06-2.96 (3H, m), 2.68 (2H, t, J = 7.4Hz), 1.42 (3H, t, J = 7.4Hz), 1.33 (3H, t, J = 7.0 Hz), 1.24 (6H, d, J = 6.7Hz).
MS m / z: 453 (M + H) ^<+> .

(H) 4- {3- [5-Isopropyl-1- (4-hydroxyphenyl) pyrazol-4-yl] propanoylamino} -1-ethylpyrrolecarboxylic acid The compound obtained in Example 56 (g) And the reaction was carried out in the same manner as in Examples 1 (c) -2 and 1 (d) to obtain the title compound as a colorless solid.
¹ H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d ₆ ): δ (ppm) = 12.2 (1H, brs), 9.77 (1H, brs), 9.37 (1H, brs), 7.35 (1H, s), 7.31 (1H, d , J = 2.7Hz), 7.27 (1H, d, J = 2.7Hz), 7.11 (2H, d, J = 8.2Hz), 6.83 (2H, d, J = 8.2Hz), 3.90 (2H, q, J = 7.4Hz), 2.93 (1H, sept, J = 7.4Hz), 2.82 (2H, t, J = 7.4Hz), 2.63 (2H, t, J = 7.4Hz), 1.29 (2H, t, J = 7.4 Hz), 1.17 (6H, d, J = 7.4Hz).
MS m / z: 409 (M-H) ^- .

(Example 57)
4- {3- [4-Chloro-3- (4-hydroxyphenyl) isothiazol-5-yl] propanoylamino} -1-ethylpyrrole-3-carboxylic acid

(A) 5- (4-Methoxyphenyl)-[1,3,4] oxathiazol-2-one 4-methoxybenzamide (3.0 g, 19.9 mmol) was suspended in toluene (30 ml) and THF (15 ml). Cloudy, chlorosulfenyl chloride (3.35 ml, 39.7 mmol) was added, and the mixture was stirred at 80 ° C. for 2.5 hr. The reaction solution was cooled to room temperature and concentrated under reduced pressure. Diethyl ether was added to the residue, and the insoluble material was collected by filtration to obtain the title compound (3.64 g, 88%) as a colorless solid.
¹ H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl ₃ ): δ (ppm) = 7.94 (2H, d, J = 8.8 Hz), 7.00 (2H, d, J = 8.8 Hz), 3.91 (3H, s).

(B) Ethyl 3- (4-methoxyphenyl) isothiazole-5-carboxylate The compound (1.8 g, 8.6 mmol) obtained in Example 57 (a) was dissolved in xylene (10 ml) to give propionic acid. Ethyl (2.2 ml, 21.5 mmol) was added, and the mixture was stirred at 170 ° C. for 30 minutes using a microwave reactor. The reaction solution was cooled to room temperature and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by a preparative purification apparatus (Biotage, ethyl acetate: hexane = 2: 98-1: 4) to obtain the title compound (1.25 g, 55%) as a yellow oil.
¹ H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl ₃ ): δ (ppm) = 8.03 (1H, s), 7.89 (2H, d, J = 8.6 Hz), 6.96 (2H, d, J = 8.6 Hz), 4.40 (2H, q, J = 7.4 Hz), 3.85 (3H, s), 1.40 (3H, t, J = 7.4 Hz).
MS m / z: 264 (M + H) ⁺ .

(C) [3- (4-Methoxyphenyl) isothiazol-5-yl] methanol The compound (1.1 g, 4.18 mmol) obtained in Example 57 (b) was dissolved in ethanol (5 ml) and THF (5 ml). 5N-aqueous sodium hydroxide solution (0.84 ml, 16.7 mmol) was added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 4 hours. 1N-hydrochloric acid was added to the reaction mixture, and the mixture was extracted 3 times with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in THF (5 ml), borane dimethyl sulfide complex (0.51 ml, 5.42 mmol) was added, and the mixture was stirred at 60 ° C. for 1.5 hours. Water was added to the reaction mixture, and the mixture was stirred for 10 minutes. Saturated brine was added to the reaction mixture, and the mixture was extracted 3 times with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by a preparative purification apparatus (Biotage, ethyl acetate: hexane = 1: 4-4: 1) to obtain the title compound (0.67 g, 72%) as a pale yellow solid.
¹ H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl ₃ ): δ (ppm) = 7.90 (2H, d, J = 8.8 Hz), 7.44 (1H, s), 6.99 (2H, d, J = 8.8 Hz), 5.05 (2H, s), 3.88 (3H, s).
MS m / z: 222 (M + H) ^<+> .

(D) [4-Chloro-3- (4-methoxyphenyl) isothiazol-5-yl] methanol Dissolve the compound (332 mg, 1.5 mmol) obtained in Example 57 (c) in dimethylformamide (5 ml). N-chlorosuccinimide (220 mg, 1.65 mmol) was added and stirred at room temperature overnight. Saturated brine was added to the reaction mixture, and the mixture was extracted 3 times with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by a preparative purification apparatus (Biotage, ethyl acetate: hexane = 1: 4-1: 1) to obtain the title compound (210 mg, 55%) as a colorless solid.
¹ H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl ₃ ): δ (ppm) = 7.82 (2H, d, J = 8.6 Hz), 6.97 (2H, d, J = 8.6 Hz), 4.98 (2H, s), 3.85 (3H, s).

(E) 3- [4-Chloro-3- (4-methoxyphenyl) isothiazol-5-yl] propionic acid (e) -1
The compound (206 mg, 0.81 mmol) obtained in Example 57 (d) was dissolved in dichloromethane (5 ml), phosphorus tribromide (0.03 ml, 0.32 mmol) was added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes. . The reaction solution was concentrated under reduced pressure, and the residue was dissolved in acetonitrile (3 ml) and dimethylformamide (1 ml). To this solution were added triethyl methanetricarboxylate (0.26 ml, 1.22 mmol) and potassium carbonate (390 mg, 2.82 mmol), and the mixture was stirred at 60 ° C. for 3 hours. Saturated brine was added to the reaction mixture, and the mixture was extracted 3 times with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by a preparative purification apparatus (Biotage, ethyl acetate: hexane = 2: 98-1: 3) to obtain a triester compound (320 mg, 72%) as a yellow oil.

(E) -2
The triester compound obtained in Example 57 (e) -1 was dissolved in ethanol (5 ml) and THF (5 ml), 5N sodium hydroxide (1.23 ml, 6.13 mmol) was added, and Stir overnight. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure, acetic acid (5 ml) was added to the residue, and the mixture was stirred at 120 ° C. for 4 hr. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure, 1N hydrochloric acid was added to the residue, and the mixture was extracted 3 times with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and concentrated under reduced pressure to give a crude product of the title compound.

(F) 4- {3- [4-Chloro-3- (4-methoxyphenyl) isothiazol-5-yl] propanoylamino} -1-ethylpyrrole-3-carboxylate allyl obtained in Example 57 (e) Compound (195 mg, 0.65 mmol), allyl 4-amino-1-ethylpyrrole-3-carboxylate (151 mg, 0.65 mmol), HATU (274 mg, 0.72 mmol), and diisopropylethylamine (0.14 ml, 0.79 mmol) was used in the same manner as in Example 1 (c) -1, and the title compound (171 mg, 55%) was obtained as a yellow oil.
¹ H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl ₃ ): δ (ppm) = 9.32 (1H, brs), 7.86 (2H, d, J = 8.8 Hz), 7.47 (1H, d, J = 2.4 Hz), 7.15 (1H, d, J = 2.4 Hz), 7.01 (2H, d, J = 8.8 Hz), 6.08-5.96 (1H, m), 5.39 (1H, dd, J = 18, 1.5 Hz), 5.29 (1H, dd, J = 10, 1.5 Hz), 4.75 (2H, d, J = 5.9 Hz), 3.94 (2H, q, J = 7.3 Hz), 3.89 (3H, s), 3.38 (2H, t. J = 7.3 Hz), 2.83 (2H, t, J = 7.3 Hz), 1.48 (3H, t, J = 7.3 Hz).

(G) 4- {3- [4-Chloro-3- (hydroxyphenyl) isothiazol-5-yl] propanoylamino} -1-ethylpyrrole-3-carboxylic acid obtained in Example 57 (f) The compound (170 mg, 0.36 mmol) was dissolved in THF (4 ml), tetrakistriphenylphosphine palladium (17 mg, 0.01 mmol) and pyrrolidine (0.060 ml, 0.72 mmol) were added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 6 hours. . The reaction solution was concentrated under reduced pressure, and the residue was purified by a preparative purification apparatus (Biotage, dichloromethane, then dichloromethane: methanol = 85: 15) to obtain a carboxylic acid compound (155 mg, quantitative) as a yellow amorphous solid. . The obtained carboxylic acid compound was suspended in dichloromethane (5 ml), cooled in a dry ice-acetone bath, 1N-boron tribromide (1.8 ml) was added, and the mixture was stirred overnight while gradually warming to room temperature. . Water was added to the reaction mixture, and the mixture was extracted 3 times with ethyl acetate and THF. The organic layer was washed with saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by preparative purification equipment (Biotage, dichloromethane, then dichloromethane: methanol = 4: 1) and then by preparative thin phase chromatography (dichloromethane: methanol = 92: 8) to give the title compound (50 mg, 33 %) As a yellow solid.
¹ H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d ₆ ): δ (ppm) = 9.49 (1H, brs), 7.64 (2H, d, J = 8.6 Hz), 7.30 (1H, d, J = 2.4 Hz), 7.25 ( 1H, d, J = 2.4 Hz), 6.86 (2H, d, J = 8.6 Hz), 3.90 (2H, q, J = 7.0 Hz), 3.20 (2H, t, J = 7.0 Hz), 2.81 (2H, t, J = 7.0 Hz), 1.29 (3H, t, J = 7.0 Hz).
MS m / z: 418 (M-H) ^- .

(Example 58)
4- {3- [4-Ethyl-3- (4-hydroxyphenyl) isothiazol-5-yl] propanoylamino} -1-ethylpyrrole-3-carboxylic acid

(A) [4-Bromo-3- (4-methoxyphenyl) isothiazol-5-yl] methanol Dissolve the compound (410 mg, 1.85 mmol) obtained in Example 57 (c) in dimethylformamide (5 ml). N-bromosuccinimide (363 mg, 2.04 mmol) was added, and the mixture was stirred overnight at room temperature. Saturated brine was added to the reaction mixture, and the mixture was extracted 3 times with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by a preparative purification apparatus (Biotage, ethyl acetate: hexane = 1: 4-2: 3) to obtain the title compound (190 mg, 34%) as a yellow solid.
¹ H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl ₃ ): δ (ppm) = 7.78 (2H, d, J = 8.6 Hz), 6.97 (2H, d, J = 8.6 Hz), 4.96 (2H, s), 3.85 (3H, s), 2.19 (1H, brs).

(B) 2- [4-Bromo-3- (4-methoxyphenyl) isothiazol-5-yl] ethanetricarboxylate triethyl The compound (190 mg, 0.63 mmol) obtained in Example 58 (a) was dissolved in toluene ( 3 ml), thionyl chloride (0.055 ml, 0.76 mmol) and pyridine (1 drop) were added, and the mixture was stirred at 120 ° C. for 10 minutes. The reaction solution was cooled to room temperature and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in acetonitrile (3 ml) and triethyl methanetricarboxylate (0.17 ml, 0.82 mmol), potassium carbonate (218 mg, 1.58 mmol) and sodium iodide (9 mg, 0.06 mmol) were added, Stir at 100 ° C. for 1.5 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure, aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution was added to the residue, and the mixture was extracted 3 times with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by a preparative purification apparatus (Biotage, ethyl acetate: hexane = 1: 9-2: 3) to obtain the title compound (324 mg, quantitative) as a yellow oil.
¹ H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl ₃ ): δ (ppm) = 7.78 (2H, d, J = 8.8 Hz), 7.00 (2H, d, J = 8.8 Hz), 4.31 (6H, q, J = 7.3 Hz) , 3.89 (3H, s), 1.29 (9H, t, J = 7.3 Hz).
MS m / z: 514 (M + H) ⁺ .

(C) 1-ethyl-4- {3- [4-ethyl-3- (4-hydroxyphenyl) isothiazol-5-yl] propanoylamino} pyrrole-3-carboxylic acid obtained in Example 58 (b) The obtained compound was reacted in the same manner as in Example 57 (e) -2 to obtain a carboxylic acid compound as a colorless solid. Using the obtained carboxylic acid compound, the reaction was carried out in the same manner as in Examples 25 (c) and 25 (d). The obtained amide compound was used in the same manner as in Example 1 (d) to obtain the title compound as a colorless solid.
¹ H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d ₆ ): δ (ppm) = 12.2 (1H, brs), 9.67 (1H, brs), 9.36 (1H, brs), 7.36 (2H, d, J = 8.6 Hz), 7.32 (1H, d, J = 2.4 Hz), 7.28 (1H, d, J = 2.4 Hz), 6.82 (2H, d, J = 8.6 Hz), 3.90 (2H, q, J = 7.4 Hz), 3.16 ( 2H, t, J = 7.0 Hz), 2.76 (2H, t, J = 7.0 Hz), 2.64 (2H, q, J = 7.4 Hz), 1.29 (3H, t, J = 7.0 Hz), 1.01 (3H, t, J = 7.4 Hz).
MS m / z: 412 (M-H) ^- .

(Example 59)
4- {3- [4-acetyl-5- (4-hydroxyphenyl) isoxazol-3-yl] propanoyl} amino-1-ethylpyrrole-3-carboxylic acid

(A) 4-acetyl-3-tetrahydropyranyloxymethyl-5- (4-benzyloxyphenyl) isoxazole 2-prop-2-yloxytetrahydropyran (5.48 g, 39.09 mmol) in THF (60 mL) N-Butyllithium (2.64 M-hexane solution, 17.70 mL) was added dropwise at −78 ° C. and stirred for 1 hour. A THF solution (10 mL) of N-acetylmorpholine (6.06 g, 46.91 mmol) was added dropwise to the reaction solution, the temperature was raised to 0 ° C., and the mixture was stirred for 1.5 hours. The reaction solution was poured into a saturated aqueous ammonium chloride solution and extracted twice with a mixed solvent of hexane and ethyl acetate, and the combined organic layer was washed with saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (hexane / ethyl acetate) to obtain an acetyl compound (2.43 g, yield 34%) as a pale yellow oily substance.
To a THF solution (40 mL) of the obtained acetyl compound (2.40 g, 13.17 mmol) and 4-benzyloxybenzaldehyde oxime (2.99 g, 13.17 mmol) at 0 ° C., a 10% aqueous sodium hypochlorite solution ( 15.7 mL, 21.07 mmol)) was added, and the mixture was warmed to room temperature and stirred for 18 hours. The solvent was evaporated, the residue was extracted twice with ethyl acetate, washed with saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and concentrated. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (hexane / ethyl acetate) to obtain the title compound (2.70 g, yield 50%) as a yellow oily substance.
¹ H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl ₃ ): δ (ppm) = 7.47 (2H, d, J = 8.8Hz), 7.47-7.33 (5H, m), 7.08 (2H, d, J = 8.8Hz), 5.12 ( 2H, s), 5.04 (1H, d, J = 14.2Hz), 4.88 (1H, d, J = 14.2Hz), 4.83 (1H, t, J = 3.4Hz), 3.89 (1H, m), 3.57 ( 1H, m), 2.17 (3H, s), 1.88-1.55 (6H, m).

(B) 4-acetyl-3-bromomethyl-5- (4-benzyloxyphenyl) isoxazole To a methanol solution (50 mL) of the compound (2.62 g, 6.43 mmol) obtained in Example 59 (a), 0 A 10% hydrochloric acid-methanol solution (1 mL) was added at 1 ° C., and the mixture was stirred for 1 hour. The reaction solution was concentrated to obtain an alcohol compound (2.08 g, yield 100%) as a tan solid.
Carbon tetrabromide (3.20 g, 9.65 mmol)) and triphenylphosphine (2.36 g, 9.01 mmol) were added to a dichloromethane solution (40 mL) of the obtained alcohol compound (2.08 g, 6.43 mmol) at room temperature. )) Was added and stirred for 1 hour. The solvent was distilled off, and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (hexane / ethyl acetate) to obtain the title compound (2.48 g, yield 100%) as a pale yellow oily substance.
¹ H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl ₃ ): δ (ppm) = 7.46-7.34 (5H, m), 7.45 (2H, d, J = 8.8Hz), 7.10 (2H, d, J = 8.8Hz), 5.13 ( 2H, s), 4.74 (2H, s), 2.16 (3H, s).

(C) 3- [4-acetyl-5- (4-benzyloxyphenyl) isoxazol-3-yl] propionic acid A solution of the compound obtained in Example 59 (b) (2.48 g, 6.42 mmol) in acetonitrile. (40 mL) were added triethyl methanetricarboxylate (1.64 g, 7.06 mmol) and potassium carbonate (1.15 g, 8.35 mmol), and the mixture was stirred at 60 ° C. for 1.5 hours. After filtration through Celite, the filtrate was concentrated, and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (hexane / ethyl acetate) to obtain the triester compound (2.91 g, yield 87%) as a colorless solid.
A 1M sodium hydroxide aqueous solution (11.2 mL, 11.2 mmol) was added to an ethanol solution (15 mL) of the obtained triester compound (1.50 g, 2.79 mmol), and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated, acetic acid (10 mL) was added, and the mixture was stirred at 110 ° C. for 5 hr. Water was added to the reaction mixture, and the mixture was extracted twice with ethyl acetate. The combined organic layers were washed with water and saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated to give the title compound as a yellow candy-like substance.
¹ H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl ₃ ): δ (ppm) = 7.47-7.33 (7H, m), 7.08 (2H, d, J = 8.8Hz), 5.12 (2H, s), 3.38 (2H, t, J = 7.4Hz), 2.90 (2H, t, J = 7.4Hz), 2.11 (3H, s).

(D) 4- {3- [4-acetyl-5- (4-hydroxyphenyl) isoxazol-3-yl] propanoyl} amino-1-ethylpyrrole-3-carboxylic acid obtained in Example 59 (c) The compound was used in the same manner as in Examples 22 (e) and 22 (f) to give the title compound as a colorless powder.
¹ H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d ₆ ): δ (ppm) = 12.2 (1H, brs), 9.92 (1H, s), 9.38 (1H, s), 7.37 (2H, d, J = 9.0 Hz), 7.31 (2H, s), 6.88 (2H, d, J = 9.0Hz), 3.91 (2H, q, J = 7.4Hz), 3.32 (2H, t, J = 7.3Hz), 2.88 (2H, t, J = 7.2Hz), 2.16 (3H, s), 1.30 (3H, t, J = 7.4Hz)
MS m / z: 412 (M + H) ^<+> .

(Example 60)
4- {3- [4-Cyano-5- (4-hydroxyphenyl) isoxazol-3-yl] propanoyl} amino-1-ethylpyrrole-3-carboxylic acid

(A) 3-tetrahydropyranyloxymethyl-5- (4-benzyloxyphenyl) isoxazole-4-carboxylic acid methyl ester solution of 2-prop-2-yloxytetrahydropyran (4.00 g, 28.53 mmol) in THF (40 mL) was added dropwise with n-butyllithium (2.64 M-hexane solution, 11.9 mL) at −78 ° C. and stirred for 1 hour. A THF solution (10 mL) of methyl chloroformate (2.97 g, 31.39 mmol) was added dropwise to the reaction solution, and the mixture was warmed to 0 ° C. and stirred for 1.5 hours. The reaction solution was poured into a saturated aqueous ammonium chloride solution and extracted twice with a mixed solvent of hexane and ethyl acetate, and the combined organic layer was washed with saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (hexane / ethyl acetate) to obtain a methyl ester compound (4.66 g, yield 90%) as a pale yellow oily substance.
To a THF solution (80 mL) of the obtained methyl ester compound (4.65 g, 23.46 mmol) and 4-methoxybenzaldehyde oxime (3.55 g, 23.46 mmol) at 0 ° C., a 10% aqueous sodium hypochlorite solution ( 52.4 mL, 70.38 mmol)) was added, and the mixture was warmed to room temperature and stirred for 19 hours. The solvent was evaporated, the residue was extracted twice with ethyl acetate, washed with saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (hexane / ethyl acetate) to obtain the title compound (6.60 g, yield 81%) as a yellow oily substance.
¹ H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl ₃ ): δ (ppm) = 7.62 (2H, d, J = 9.0 Hz), 6.98 (2H, d, J = 9.0 Hz), 5.10 (1H, d, J = 13.7 Hz) , 4.97 (1H, d, J = 13.7Hz), 4.86 (1H, t, J = 3.5Hz), 3.92 (1H, m), 3.87 (3H, s), 3.82 (3H, s), 3.59 (1H, m), 1.88-1.55 (6H, m).

(B) 4-cyano-3-tetrahydropyranyloxymethyl-5- (4-benzyloxyphenyl) isoxazole The compound (6.60 g, 19.00 mmol) obtained in Example 60 (a) was dissolved in methanol (30 mL). And THF (30 mL), 5M aqueous sodium hydroxide solution (7.6 mL, 38.0 mmol) was added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 6 hours. The reaction solution was made weakly acidic (pH = 5-6) with an aqueous citric acid solution and extracted twice with ethyl acetate. The combined organic layers were washed with saturated brine and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate to obtain a carboxylic acid compound as a yellow candy-like substance. To a DMF solution (70 mL) of the obtained carboxylic acid compound, ammonium chloride (4.07 g, 76.0 mmol), WSCI (4.37 g, 22.8 mmol), HOBt (3.49 g, 22.8 mmol), and diisopropyl Ethylamine (13.2 mL, 76.0 mmol) was added and stirred at room temperature for 15 hours. Water was added to the reaction mixture, and the mixture was extracted twice with a mixed solvent of toluene and ethyl acetate. The combined organic layers were washed with water and saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and concentrated. The obtained residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (hexane / ethyl acetate) to obtain an amide compound (3.29 g, two-step yield 52%) as a colorless solid.
Triethylamine (3.45 mL, 14.85 mmol) and trifluoroacetic anhydride (2.08 mL, 14.85 mmol) were added to a dichloromethane solution (60 mL) of the obtained amide compound (3.29 g, 9.90 mmol) at 0 ° C. And stirred for 1 hour. Water was added to the reaction mixture, and the mixture was extracted with dichloromethane, washed with saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated. The obtained residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (hexane / ethyl acetate) to obtain the title compound (2.28 g, yield 100%) as a colorless oily substance.
¹ H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl ₃ ): δ (ppm) = 7.92 (2H, d, J = 8.8Hz), 7.03 (2H, d, J = 8.8Hz), 4.97 (1H, d, J = 14.6Hz) , 4.85 (1H, t, J = 3.2Hz), 4.81 (1H, d, J = 14.6Hz), 3.89 (1H, m), 3.88 (3H, s), 3.61 (1H, m), 1.90 (1H, m), 1.79 (2H, m), 1.65 (1H, m), 1.62-1.55 (2H, m).

(C) 4-Cyano-3-bromomethyl-5- (4-benzyloxyphenyl) isoxazole Using the compound obtained in Example 60 (b), the reaction was carried out in the same manner as in Example 59 (b), and it was colorless. The title compound was obtained as an oil.
¹ H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl ₃ ): δ (ppm) = 7.92 (2H, d, J = 9.0 Hz), 7.04 (2H, d, J = 9.0 Hz), 4.60 (2H, s), 3.89 (3H, s).

(D) 3- [4-Cyano-5- (4-hydroxyphenyl) isoxazol-3-yl] propionic acid In the same manner as in Example 59 (c), using the compound obtained in Example 60 (c). The reaction was performed to give the title compound as a tan powder.
¹ H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl ₃ ): δ (ppm) = 7.89 (2H, d, J = 8.8 Hz), 7.02 (2H, d, J = 8.8 Hz), 3.87 (3H, s), 3.32 (2H, t, J = 7.4Hz), 2.95 (2H, t, J = 7.4Hz).

(E) 4- {3- [4-Cyano-5- (4-hydroxyphenyl) isoxazol-3-yl] propanoyl} amino-1-ethylpyrrole-3-carboxylic acid obtained in Example 60 (d) The compound was reacted in the same manner as in Examples 22 (e) and 1 (d) to obtain the title compound as a colorless powder.
¹ H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d ₆ ): δ (ppm) = 12.2 (1H, brs), 10.2 (1H, s), 9.40 (1H, s), 7.70 (2H, d, J = 8.8 Hz), 7.30 (1H, d, J = 2.4Hz), 7.29 (1H, d, J = 2.4Hz), 6.96 (2H, d, J = 8.8Hz), 3.90 (2H, q, J = 7.3Hz), 3.29 ( 2H, t, J = 7.1Hz), 2.98 (2H, t, J = 7.1Hz), 1.29 (3H, t, J = 7.3Hz).
MS m / z: 395 (M + H) ^<+> .

(Example 61)
4- {3- [3- (4-hydroxyphenyl) isoxazol-5-yl] propanoyl} amino-1-propylpyrrole-3-carboxylic acid

Reaction similar to Example 12 (a) and 12 (b) was performed using propylamine. The title compound was obtained in the same manner as in Example (47) using the obtained compound and the compound obtained in Example 33 (c).
¹ H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d ₆ ): δ (ppm) = 12.3 (1H, brs), 9.88 (1H, s), 9.40 (1H, s), 7.64 (2H, d, J = 8.6 Hz), 7.30 (1H, d, J = 2.4Hz), 7.28 (1H, d, J = 2.4Hz), 6.86 (2H, d, J = 8.6Hz), 6.71 (1H, s), 3.84 (2H, t, J = 7.0Hz), 3.06 (2H, t, J = 7.4Hz), 2.83 (2H, t, J = 7.4Hz), 1.71-1.64 (2H, m), 0.79 (3H, t, J = 7.2Hz).
MS m / z: 384 (M + H) ⁺ .

(Example 62)
4- {3- [3- (4-hydroxyphenyl) isoxazol-5-yl] -2-fluoropropanoyl} amino-1-ethylpyrrole-3-carboxylic acid

(A) 3- [3- (4-Benzyloxyphenyl) isoxazol-5-yl] -2-fluoropropionic acid Examples 7 (b) and 22 using the compound obtained in Example 41 (a) The reaction was carried out in the same manner as (c) to obtain the title compound.
¹ H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d ₆ ): δ (ppm) = 7.78 (2H, d, J = 8.8 Hz), 7.47 (2H, d, J = 7.4 Hz), 7.40 (2H, dd, J = 7.4 , 7.4Hz), 7.35 (1H, d, J = 7.4Hz), 7.14 (2H, d, J = 8.8Hz), 6.84 (1H, s), 5.43-5.31 (1H, m), 5.17 (2H, s ), 3.51-3.31 (2H, m).

(B) 4- {3- [3- (4-hydroxyphenyl) isoxazol-5-yl] -2-fluoropropanoyl} amino-1-ethylpyrrole-3-carboxylic acid obtained in Example 62 (a) Using the compound obtained in Example 22 (a) and the compound obtained in Example 22 (a), the reaction was carried out in the same manner as in Examples 1 (c) and 1 (d) to obtain the title compound as a powder.
¹ H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d ₆ ): δ (ppm) = 12.4 (1H, brs), 10.1 (1H, brs), 9.91 (1H, s), 7.65 (2H, d, J = 8.6 Hz), 7.40 (1H, d, J = 2.3Hz), 7.37 (1H, d, J = 2.3Hz), 6.86 (2H, d, J = 8.6Hz), 6.81 (1H, s), 5.68-5.54 (1H, m ), 3.95 (2H, q, J = 7.1Hz), 3.60-3.40 (2H, m), 1.32 (3H, t, J = 7.1Hz).
MS m / z: 388 (M + H) ⁺ .

(Example 63)
4- {3- [3- (4-hydroxyphenyl) isoxazol-5-yl] -2,2-difluoropropanoyl} amino-1-ethylpyrrole-3-carboxylic acid

(A) 3- [3- (4-Benzyloxyphenyl) isoxazol-5-yl] -2,2-difluoropropionic acid Example 41 (b) using the compound obtained in Example 41 (a) -2 and 40 (b) were used for the reaction to give the title compound.
¹ H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d ₆ ): δ (ppm) = 7.80 (2H, d, J = 8.6 Hz), 7.48 (2H, d, J = 7.0 Hz), 7.42-7.39 (2H, m), 7.36 (1H, d, J = 7.1Hz), 7.14 (2H, d, J = 8.6Hz), 6.80 (1H, s), 5.18 (2H, s), 3.49 (2H, t, J = 16.4Hz).

(B) 4- {3- [3- (4-Hydroxyphenyl) isoxazol-5-yl] -2,2-difluoropropanoyl} amino-1-ethylpyrrole-3-carboxylic acid In Example 63 (a) Using the obtained compound, the reaction was carried out in the same manner as in Example 40 (c) to obtain the title compound as a powder.
¹ H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d ₆ ): δ (ppm) = 12.6 (1H, brs), 10.4 (1H, s), 9.93 (1H, s), 7.68 (2H, d, J = 8.6 Hz), 7.43 (1H, d, J = 2.4Hz), 7.41 (1H, d, J = 2.4Hz), 6.92 (1H, s), 6.87 (2H, d, J = 8.6Hz), 3.97 (2H, q, J = 7.3Hz), 3.93 (2H, t, J = 18.0Hz), 1.32 (3H, t, J = 7.2Hz).
MS m / z: 406 (M + H) ⁺ .

(Example 64)
4- {3- [5- (4-Hydroxyphenyl) isoxazol-3-yl] -2,2-difluoropropanoyl} amino-1-ethylpyrrole-3-carboxylic acid

(A) 3- [5- (4-Hydroxyphenyl) isoxazol-3-yl] -2,2-difluoropropionic acid As in Example 32 (a) and 32 (b) using 4-benzyloxyacetophenone Reaction was performed to obtain bromomethylisoxazole. The obtained compound was used in the same manner as in Example 39 (a) to obtain the title compound as a colorless powder.
¹ H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl ₃ ): δ (ppm) = 7.71 (2H, d, J = 9.0 Hz), 7.46-7.34 (5H, m), 7.05 (2H, d, J = 9.0 Hz), 5.13 ( 1H, s), 3.59 (2H, t, J = 15.6Hz).

(B) 4- {3- [5- (4-Hydroxyphenyl) isoxazol-3-yl] -2,2-difluoropropanoyl} amino-1-ethylpyrrole-3-carboxylic acid In Example 64 (a) Using the obtained compound, the reaction was carried out in the same manner as in Example 40 (c) to obtain the title compound.
¹ H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d ₆ ): δ (ppm) = 10.2 (1H, brs), 7.69 (2H, d, J = 8.6 Hz), 7.34 (1H, brs), 7.27 (1H, brs), 6.89 (2H, d, J = 9.0Hz), 6.77 (1H, s), 3.93 (2H, q, J = 5.5Hz), 3.69 (2H, t, J = 17.6Hz), 1.32 (3H, t, J = 7.2Hz).
MS m / z: 406 (M + H) ⁺ .

(Example 65)
4- {3- [4-Difluoromethyl-3- (4-hydroxyphenyl) isoxazol-5-yl] propanoyl} amino-1-ethylpyrrole-3-carboxylic acid

(A) 3-tetrahydropyranyloxymethyl-5- (4-benzyloxyphenyl) isoxazole-4-carbaldehyde in THF (6.05 g, 17.42 mmol) of the compound obtained in Example 60 (a) (6.05 g, 17.42 mmol) 90 mL), lithium aluminum hydride (0.66 g, 17.42 mmol) was added at 0 ° C., and the mixture was warmed to room temperature and stirred for 15 minutes. Water (0.66 mL), 3M-aqueous sodium hydroxide solution (0.66 mL), and water (1.98 ml) were sequentially added to the reaction solution at 0 ° C., and the mixture was stirred for 30 minutes and filtered through celite. The filtrate was concentrated, and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (hexane / ethyl acetate) to obtain an alcohol compound (4.04 g, yield 73%) as a colorless oily substance.
To a dichloromethane solution (20 mL) of the obtained alcohol compound (1.00 g, 3.13 mmol), 1,1,1-tris (acetyloxy) -1,1-dihydro-1,2-benziodooxy was added at 0 ° C. Sole-3- (1H) -one (Dess-Martin reagent; 1.64 g, 3.76 mmol) was added, and the mixture was warmed to room temperature and stirred for 4 hours. To the reaction solution was added 5% aqueous sodium thiosulfate solution, and the mixture was extracted with dichloromethane. The organic layer was washed with saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated. The obtained residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (hexane / ethyl acetate) to obtain the title compound (0.84 g, 85%) as a pale yellow oily substance.
¹ H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl ₃ ): δ (ppm) = 10.1 (1H, s), 7.70 (2H, d, J = 9.0 Hz), 7.04 (2H, d, J = 9.0 Hz), 5.14 (1H, d, J = 14.5Hz), 4.98 (1H, d, J = 14.4Hz), 4.86 (1H, t, J = 3.1Hz), 3.93-3.87 (1H, m), 3.88 (3H, s), 3.62- 3.57 (1H, m), 1.90-1.57 (8H, m).

(B) 4-Difluoromethyl-3-tetrahydropyranyloxymethyl-5- (4-benzyloxyphenyl) isoxazole A solution of the compound obtained in Example 65 (a) (840 mg, 2.65 mmol) in dichloromethane (20 mL) To the mixture, bis (methoxyethyl) aminosulfur trifluoride (Deoxofluor; 976 μL, 5.29 mmol) was added at 0 ° C., and the mixture was warmed to room temperature and stirred for 5 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated, and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (hexane / ethyl acetate) to give the title compound (701.3 mg, 78%) as a yellow oil.
¹ H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl ₃ ): δ (ppm) = 7.68 (2H, d, J = 8.7 Hz), 7.01 (2H, d, J = 8.7 Hz), 6.87 (1H, t, J = 54.2 Hz) , 4.96 (1H, d, J = 13.7Hz), 4.80 (1H, d, J = 13.7Hz), 4.80 (1H, t, J = 3.1Hz), 3.91-3.85 (1H, m), 3.87 (3H, s), 3.62-3.57 (1H, m), 1.88-1.55 (8H, m).

(C) 3- [4-Difluoromethyl-3- (4-hydroxyphenyl) isoxazol-5-yl] propionic acid Examples 59 (b) and 59 using the compound obtained in Example 65 (b) Reaction was performed in the same manner as in (c) to obtain carboxylic acid as a colorless powder.
¹ H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl ₃ ): δ (ppm) = 7.61 (2H, d, J = 9.0 Hz), 7.01 (2H, d, J = 9.0 Hz), 6.67 (1H, t, J = 54.0 Hz) 3.87 (3H, s), 3.29 (2H, t, J = 7.4Hz), 2.90 (2H, t, J = 7.4Hz).

(D) 4- {3- [4-Difluoromethyl-3- (4-hydroxyphenyl) isoxazol-5-yl] propanoyl} amino-1-ethylpyrrole-3-carboxylic acid obtained in Example 65 (c) Was used in the same manner as in Example 22 (e) and 22 (f) to give the title compound as a colorless powder.
¹ H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d ₆ ): δ (ppm) = 9.96 (1H, s), 9.38 (1H, brs), 7.52 (2H, d, J = 8.6 Hz), 7.30 (2H, brs), 7.22 (1H, t, J = 53.2Hz), 3.91 (2H, q, J = 7.3Hz), 3.25 (2H, t, J = 7.0Hz), 2.86 (2H, t, J = 7.0Hz), 1.30 ( (3H, t, J = 7.2Hz).
MS m / z: 420 (M + H) ⁺ .

Example 66
4- {3- [4-Ethyl-3- (5-hydroxypyridin-2-yl) isoxazol-5-yl] -2,2-difluoropropanoyl} amino-1-ethylpyrrole-3-carboxylic acid

(A) 5-benzyloxypyridine-2-carbaldehyde 5-hydroxy-2-methylpyridine (10.20 g, 91.60 mmol) is dissolved in a mixed solvent of acetone (160 mL) and water (60 mL), and sodium hydroxide is added. (4.20 g, 100.76 mmol) and benzyl bromide (11.97 mL, 100.76 mmol) were added and stirred at 85 ° C. for 8 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated, the residue was partitioned between methylene chloride and water, the organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and the solvent was evaporated. The obtained residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (hexane / ethyl acetate) to obtain a benzyl compound (14.80 g, yield 81%) as a yellow oily substance.
The obtained benzyl compound (14.80 g, 74.28 mmol) was dissolved in chloroform (150 mL), and 3-chloroperbenzoic acid (19.23 g, 111.42 mmol) was added under ice cooling. The reaction solution was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours, 20% aqueous sodium sulfite solution (60 mL) was added, and the mixture was further stirred at room temperature for 20 minutes. The reaction solution was extracted with methylene chloride, the organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and the solvent was distilled off. The obtained residue was purified by NH column chromatography (methylene chloride / methanol). The obtained oxidized compound was dissolved in methylene chloride (200 mL), trifluoroacetic anhydride (42 mL, 297.12 mmol) was added under ice cooling, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 16 hours. Methanol (100 mL) was added to the reaction solution, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 20 minutes and then concentrated. The residue was partitioned between methylene chloride and 5N aqueous sodium hydroxide solution, the organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and the solvent was distilled off. The obtained residue was purified by NH column chromatography (methylene chloride / methanol) to obtain an alcohol compound (10.80 g, yield 2 steps 68%) as a light brown solid.
The obtained alcohol compound (4.86 g, 22.58 mmol) was dissolved in chloroform (100 mL), manganese dioxide (24 g) was added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 23 hours. The reaction mixture was filtered through Celite, the solvent was evaporated, and the obtained residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (hexane / ethyl acetate) to give the title compound (3.83 g, yield 80%) as a pale yellow solid. Got as.
¹ H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl ₃ ): δ (ppm) = 10.0 (1H, s), 8.52 (1H, d, J = 2.7 Hz), 7.97 (1H, d, J = 8.6 Hz), 7.46-7.36 ( 6H, m), 5.22 (2H, s).

(B) 4- {3- [4-Ethyl-3- (5-hydroxypyridin-2-yl) isoxazol-5-yl] -2,2-difluoropropanoyl} amino-1-ethylpyrrole-3-carbon Acid The reaction was carried out in the same manner as in Examples 22 (b) -2 and 22 (c) using the compound obtained in Example 66 (a) to obtain a bromo compound. The obtained bromo compound was used for reaction in the same manner as in Example 39 to obtain the title compound as a pale yellow solid.
¹ H NMR (400 MHz, MeOH-d ₄ ): δ (ppm) = 8.23 (1H, d, J = 2.7 Hz), 7.70 (1H, d, J = 8.6 Hz), 7.36 (1H, d, J = 2.3 Hz), 7.27 (1H, dd, J = 8.6, 2.7Hz), 7.19 (1H, d, J = 2.3Hz), 3.95 (2H, q, J = 7.4Hz), 3.78 (2H, t, J = 16.2 Hz), 2.75 (2H, q, J = 7.6Hz), 2.76 (3H, t, J = 7.6Hz), 1.02 (3H, t, J = 7.4Hz).
MS m / z: 435 (M + H) ⁺ .

(Example 67)
Production of potassium salt 1 equivalent of potassium t-butoxide was added to a methanolic solution of carboxylic acid and stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes. The solvent was distilled off and washed with acetonitrile to obtain the potassium salt as a solid.
(1) 4- {3-[(5-hydroxypyridin-2-yl) -1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl] propanoyl} amino-1-methylpyrrole-3-carboxylic acid potassium salt ( Potassium salt of the compound of Example 3)
¹ H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d ₆ ): δ (ppm) = 11.6 (1H, brs), 8.14 (1H, s), 7.81 (1H, d, J = 8.8 Hz), 7.24 (1H, brs), 6.95 (1H, d, J = 2.4Hz), 6.71 (1H, d, J = 2.5Hz), 3.50 (3H, s), 3.20 (2H, t, J = 7.1Hz), 2.86 (2H, t, J = 7.1Hz).

(2) 4- {3- [3- (4-hydroxyphenyl) -1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl] propanoyl} amino-1-ethylpyrrole-3-carboxylic acid potassium salt (Examples) Potassium salt of 12 compounds)
¹ H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d ₆ ): δ (ppm) = 11.9 (1H, brs), 7.82 (2H, d, J = 8.6 Hz), 6.97 (1H, s), 6.91 (2H, d, J = 8.6Hz), 6.92 (1H, s), 3.77 (2H, q, J = 7.2Hz), 3.20 (2H, t, J = 7.0Hz), 2.84 (2H, t, J = 7.0Hz), 1.25 ( 3H, t, J = 7.2Hz).

(3) 4- {3- [2- (4-hydroxyphenyl) thiazol-5-yl] propanoyl} amino-1-ethylpyrrole-3-carboxylic acid potassium salt (potassium salt of the compound of Example 13)
¹ H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d ₆ ): δ (ppm) = 11.8 (1H, brs), 10.9 (1H, brs), 7.67 (2H, d, J = 8.6 Hz), 7.54 (1H, s), 7.04 (1H, d, J = 2.7Hz), 6.86 (2H, d, J = 8.6Hz), 6.74 (1H, d, J = 2.7Hz), 3.80 (2H, q, J = 7.2Hz), 3.13 ( 2H, t, J = 7.4Hz), 2.60 (2H, t, J = 7.4Hz), 1.27 (3H, t, J = 7.2Hz).

(4) 4- {3-[(5-hydroxypyridin-2-yl) -1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl] propanoyl} amino-1- (3,5-difluorobenzyl) pyrrole- 3-Carboxylic acid potassium salt (potassium salt of the compound of Example 15)
¹ H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d ₆ ): δ (ppm) = 11.8 (1H, brs), 8.22 (1H, s), 7.88 (1H, d, J = 9.0 Hz), 7.32 (1H, brs), 7.13 (1H, t, J = 2.5Hz), 7.06 (1H, s), 6.88 (3H, m), 5.01 (2H, s), 3.21 (2H, t, J = 6.9Hz), 2.87 (2H, t , J = 6.9Hz).

(5) 4- {3- [4-Chloro-2- (4-hydroxy-2,5-difluorophenyl) thiazol-5-yl] propanoyl} amino-1-ethylpyrrole-3-carboxylic acid potassium salt (implementation) Potassium salt of the compound of Example 20)
¹ H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d ₆ ): δ (ppm) = 11.0 (1H, brs), 7.14 (1H, d, J = 2.4 Hz), 6.93 (1H, d, J = 2.8 Hz), 6.52 ( 2H, d, J = 12.5Hz), 3.84 (2H, q, J = 7.3Hz), 3.09 (2H, t, J = 7.4Hz), 2.66 (2H, t, J = 7.4Hz), 1.29 (3H, t, J = 7.2Hz).

(6) 4- {3- [4-Chloro-2- (2,4-dihydroxyphenyl) thiazol-5-yl] propanoyl} amino-1-ethylpyrrole-3-carboxylic acid potassium salt (compound of Example 21) Potassium salt)
¹ H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d ₆ ): δ (ppm) = 7.79 (1H, d, J = 8.6 Hz), 7.10 (1H, brs), 6.86 (1H, brs), 6.48 (1H, brs), 6.23 (1H, d, J = 8.6Hz), 3.82 (2H, q, J = 7.2Hz), 3.04 (2H, t, J = 7.4Hz), 2.61 (2H, t, J = 7.4Hz), 1.28 ( 3H, t, J = 7.2Hz).

(7) 4- {3- [2- (4-hydroxyphenyl) thiazol-5-yl] -2-fluoropropanoyl} amino-1-ethylpyrrole-3-carboxylic acid potassium salt (of the compound of Example 22) Potassium salt)
¹ H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d ₆ ): δ (ppm) = 7.69 (2H, d, J = 8.0 Hz), 7.60 (1H, s), 7.12 (1H, s), 6.87 (2H, d, J = 8.0Hz), 6.78 (1H, brs), 5.37-5.25 (1H, m), 3.82 (2H, q, J = 7.3Hz), 3.59-3.39 (2H, m), 1.28 (3H, t, J = 7.3Hz).

(8) (−)-4- {3- [2- (4-Hydroxyphenyl) thiazol-5-yl] -2-fluoropropanoyl} amino-1-ethylpyrrole-3-carboxylic acid potassium salt (Examples) 23 (a) potassium salt of the compound)
¹ H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d ₆ ): identical to the compound of Example 64 (7).

(9) (+)-4- {3- [2- (4-Hydroxyphenyl) thiazol-5-yl] -2-fluoropropanoyl} amino-1-ethylpyrrole-3-carboxylic acid potassium salt (Examples) 23 (b) potassium salt of the compound)
¹ H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d ₆ ): identical to the compound of Example 64 (7).

(10) 4- {3- [3- (4-hydroxyphenyl) -4-ethylisoxazol-5-yl] propanoyl} amino-1-ethylpyrrole-3-carboxylic acid potassium salt (compound of Example 25) Potassium salt)
¹ H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d ₆ ): δ (ppm) = 7.50 (2H, d, J = 8.8Hz), 7.04 (1H, br.s), 6.92 (2H, d, J = 8.8Hz), 6.79 (1H, br.s), 3.80 (2H, q, J = 7.3Hz), 2.92 (2H, t, J = 7.3Hz), 2.68 (2H, t, J = 7.3Hz), 2.56 (2H, q , J = 7.3Hz), 1.27 (3H, t, J = 7.3Hz), 1.14 (3H, t, J = 7.3Hz).

(11) 4- {3- [3- (4-hydroxyphenyl) -4-cyclopropylisoxazol-5-yl] propanoyl} amino-1-ethylpyrrole-3-carboxylic acid potassium salt (of Example 31) Compound potassium salt)
¹ H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d ₆ ): δ (ppm) = 7.66 (2H, d, J = 9.0 Hz), 7.03 (1H, br.s), 6.92 (2H, d, J = 9.0 Hz), 6.75 (1H, br.s), 3.79 (2H, q, J = 7.4Hz), 2.99 (2H, t, J = 7.4Hz), 2.70 (2H, t, J = 7.4Hz), 1.73 (1H, m ), 1.27 (3H, t, J = 7.4 Hz), 0.93 (2H, m), 0.35 (2H, m).

(12) 4- {3- [3- (4-hydroxyphenyl) -4-ethylisoxazol-5-yl] -2-fluoropropanoyl} amino-1-ethylpyrrole-3-carboxylic acid potassium salt ( Potassium salt of the compound of Example 32)
¹ H NMR (400MHz, DMSO-d ₆ ): δ (ppm) = 12.31 (1H, br.s), 11.25 (1H, br.s), 7.50 (2H, d, J = 9.0Hz), 7.13 (1H , d, J = 2.4Hz), 6.95 (2H, d, J = 9.0Hz), 6.81 (1H, d, J = 2.4Hz), 5.36 (1H, ddd, J = 3.1, 9.0 and 48.9Hz), 3.84 (2H, q, J = 7.4Hz), 3.35 (1H, ddd, J = 3.1, 16.0 and 34.4Hz), 3.15 (1H, ddd, J = 9.0, 16.0 and 19.2Hz), 2.57 (2H, q, J = 7.4Hz), 1.29 (3H, t, J = 7.4Hz), 1.10 (3H, t, J = 7.4Hz).

(13) 4- {3- [4-Chloro- (4-hydroxyphenyl) isoxazol-5-yl] propanoyl} amino-1-ethylpyrrole-3-carboxylic acid potassium salt (potassium salt of the compound of Example 33)
¹ H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d ₆ ): δ (ppm) = 11.8 (1H, brs), 7.61 (2H, d, J = 8.2 Hz), 6.99 (1H, s), 6.91 (2H, d, J = 8.2 Hz), 6.71 (1H, s), 3.77 (2H, q, J = 7.4 Hz), 3.10 (2H, t, J = 7.4 Hz), 2.69 (2H, t, J = 7.4 Hz), 1.25 ( 3H, t, J = 7.4Hz).

(14) 4- {3- [3- (4-hydroxyphenyl) -4-chloroisoxazol-3-yl] propanoyl} amino-1-ethylpyrrole-3-carboxylic acid potassium salt (compound of Example 34) Potassium salt)
¹ H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d ₆ ): δ (ppm) = 11.97 (1H, br.s), 11.53 (1H, br.s), 7.79 (2H, d, J = 8.8 Hz), 7.05 (1H , d, J = 2.7Hz), 7.00 (2H, d, J = 8.8Hz), 6.81 (1H, d, J = 2.7Hz), 3.81 (2H, q, J = 7.3Hz), 2.96 (2H, t , J = 7.3Hz), 2.72 (2H, t, J = 7.3Hz), 1.28 (3H, t, J = 7.3Hz).

(15) 4- {3- [4-Ethyl- (4-hydroxyphenyl) isoxazol-5-yl] propanoyl} amino-1-ethylpyrrole-3-carboxylic acid potassium salt (potassium salt of the compound of Example 35)
¹ H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d ₆ ): δ (ppm) = 11.9 (1H, brs), 7.38 (2H, d, J = 8.2 Hz), 6.98 (1H, s), 6.82 (2H, d, J = 8.2 Hz), 6.67 (1H, s), 3.76 (2H, q, J = 7.4 Hz), 3.02 (2H, t, J = 7.4 Hz), 2.59 (2H, t, J = 7.4 Hz), 2.50- 2.46 (2H, m), 1.24 (3H, t, J = 7.4 Hz), 0.97 (3H, t, J = 7.4 Hz).

(16) 4- {3- [3- (4-hydroxyphenyl) -4-ethylisoxazol-5-yl] propanoyl} amino-1-methylpyrrole-3-carboxylic acid potassium salt (compound of Example 36) Potassium salt)
¹ H NMR (400MHz, DMSO-d ₆ ): δ (ppm) = 11.68 (1H, br.s), 11.16 (1H, br.s), 7.50 (2H, d, J = 9.0Hz), 6.97 (1H , d, J = 2.4Hz), 6.95 (2H, d, J = 9.0Hz), 6.68 (1H, d, J = 2.4Hz), 3.51 (3H, s), 2.92 (2H, t, J = 7.3Hz ), 2.68 (2H, t, J = 7.3Hz), 2.55 (2H, q, J = 7.4Hz), 1.13 (3H, t, J = 7.4Hz).

(17) 4- [3-{(4-hydroxyphenyl) -4-methylisoxazol-5-yl} propanoyl] amino-1-ethylpyrrole-3-carboxylic acid potassium salt (potassium of the compound of Example 38) salt)
¹ H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d ₆ ): δ (ppm) = 11.8 (1H, brs), 7.41 (2H, d, J = 8.6 Hz), 6.99 (1H, d, J = 2.4 Hz), 6.89 ( 2H, d, J = 8.6 Hz), 6.69 (1H, d, J = 2.4 Hz), 3.77 (2H, q, J = 7.4 Hz), 3.01 (2H, t, J = 7.4 Hz), 2.58 (2H, t, J = 7.4 Hz), 2.01 (3H, s), 1.25 (3H, t, J = 7.4 Hz).

(18) 4- {3- [2- (4-hydroxyphenyl) thiazol-5-yl] -2,2-difluoropropanoyl} amino-1-ethylpyrrole-3-carboxylic acid potassium salt (of Example 39 Compound potassium salt)
¹ H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d ₆ ): δ (ppm) = 13.33 (1H, br.s), 10.46 (1H, br.s), 7.72 (2H, d, J = 8.6 Hz), 7.66 (1H , s), 7.09 (1H, d, J = 2.4Hz), 6.85 (2H, d, J = 8.6Hz), 6.78 (1H, d, J = 2.4Hz), 3.83 (2H, q, J = 7.0Hz) ), 3.79 (2H, t, J = 16.8Hz), 1.29 (3H, t, J = 7.0Hz).

(19) 4- {3- [4-Ethyl-3- (4-hydroxyphenyl) isoxazol-5-yl] -2,2-difluoropropanoyl} amino-1-ethylpyrrole-3-carboxylic acid potassium salt ( Potassium salt of the compound of Example 40)
¹ H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d ₆ ): δ (ppm) = 10.3 (1H, brs), 7.54 (2H, d, J = 8.6 Hz), 7.11 (1H, brs), 6.93 (2H, d, J = 8.6Hz), 6.83 (1H, brs), 3.85 (2H, q, J = 7.2Hz), 3.62 (2H, t, J = 18.2Hz), 2.60 (2H, q, J = 7.2Hz), 1.29 ( 3H, t, J = 7.2Hz), 1.11 (3H, t, J = 7.2Hz).

(20) 4- {3- [4-Ethyl-5- (4-hydroxyphenyl) isoxazol-3-yl] -2,2-difluoropropanoyl} amino-1-ethylpyrrole-3-carboxylic acid potassium salt ( Potassium salt of the compound of Example 41)
¹ H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d ₆ ): δ (ppm) = 13.4 (1H, brs), 10.2 (1H, brs), 7.47 (2H, d, J = 8.6 Hz), 7.11 (1H, d, J = 2.3Hz), 6.90 (2H, d, J = 8.6Hz), 6.81 (1H, d, J = 2.3Hz), 3.85 (2H, q, J = 7.4Hz), 3.78 (2H, t, J = 17.0 Hz), 2.55 (2H, q, J = 7.4Hz), 1.29 (3H, t, J = 7.4Hz), 0.95 (3H, t, J = 7.4Hz).

(21) 4- {3- [4-Chloro-5- (4-hydroxyphenyl) isoxazol-3-yl] -2,2-difluoropropanoyl} amino-1-ethylpyrrole-3-carboxylic acid potassium salt ( Potassium salt of the compound of Example 42)
¹ H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl ₃ ): δ (ppm) = 13.4 (1H, brs), 10.5 (1H, brs), 7.66 (2H, d, J = 8.8 Hz), 7.11 (1H, d, J = 2.4 Hz), 6.94 (2H, d, J = 8.8Hz), 6.83 (1H, d, J = 2.4Hz), 3.88 (2H, t, J = 17.4Hz), 3.85 (2H, q, J = 7.3Hz) , 1.29 (3H, t, J = 7.3Hz).

(22) 4- {3- [4-Chloro-3- (4-hydroxy-2-fluorophenyl) isoxazol-5-yl] propanoyl} amino-1-ethylpyrrole-3-carboxylic acid potassium salt (Example 43) The potassium salt of the compound
¹ H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d ₆ ): δ (ppm) = 11.6 (1H, brs), 7.32 (1H, t, J = 8.8 Hz), 7.05 (1H, d, J = 2.0 Hz), 6.80- 6.75 (3H, m), 3.81 (2H, q, J = 7.3Hz), 3.14 (2H, t, J = 7.4Hz), 2.72 (2H, t, J = 7.4Hz), 1.28 (3H, t, J = 7.2Hz).

(23) 4- [3- {3- (4-hydroxyphenyl) isoxazol-5-yl} propanoyl} amino-1-ethylpyrrole-3-carboxylic acid potassium salt (potassium salt of the compound of Example 44)
¹ H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d ₆ ): δ (ppm) = 11.8 (1H, brs), 7.62 (2H, d, J = 8.6 Hz), 7.02 (1H, s), 6.88 (2H, d, J = 8.6Hz), 6.73 (1H, d, J = 2.3Hz), 6.70 (1H, s), 3.79 (2H, q, J = 7.4Hz), 3.05 (2H, t, J = 7.4Hz), 2.68 ( 2H, t, J = 7.4Hz), 1.27 (3H, t, J = 7.4Hz).

(24) 4- {3- [4-Ethyl-3- (4-hydroxy-2-fluorophenyl) isoxazol-5-yl] propanoyl} amino-1-ethylpyrrole-3-carboxylic acid potassium salt (Example 45) The potassium salt of the compound
¹ H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d ₆ ): δ (ppm) = 11.8 (1H, brs), 7.19 (1H, t, J = 8.8 Hz), 7.04 (1H, s), 6.76 (1H, s), 6.68 (2H, d, J = 8.6Hz), 3.80 (2H, q, J = 7.4Hz), 3.06 (2H, t, J = 7.4Hz), 2.62 (2H, t, J = 7.4Hz), 2.33 ( 2H, q, J = 7.6Hz), 1.27 (3H, t, J = 7.4Hz), 0.90 (3H, t, J = 7.6Hz).

(25) 4- {3- [4-Chloro-5- (4-hydroxyphenyl) isoxazol-3-yl] -2-fluoropropanoyl} amino-1-ethylpyrrole-3-carboxylic acid potassium salt (Examples) 46 potassium salts)
¹ H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d ₆ ): δ (ppm) = 12.4 (1H, brs), 11.2 (1H, brs), 7.64 (2H, d, J = 8.8 Hz), 7.12 (1H, d, J = 2.4Hz), 6.94 (2H, d, J = 8.8Hz), 6.80 (1H, d, J = 2.4Hz), 5.46 (1H, ddd, 3.6, 8.6 and 48.3Hz), 3.83 (2H, q, J = 7.4Hz), 3.56 (1H, ddd, J = 3.6, 15.9 and 30.3Hz), 3.43 (1H, ddd, 8.6, 15.9 and 20.5Hz), 1.29 (3H, t, J = 7.4Hz).

(26) 4- {3- [3- (4-hydroxyphenyl) isoxazol-5-yl] propanoyl} amino-1-butylpyrrole-3-carboxylic acid potassium salt (potassium salt of the compound of Example 47)
¹ H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d ₆ ): δ (ppm) = 11.9 (1H, brs), 7.62 (2H, d, J = 8.2 Hz), 6.98 (1H, d, J = 2.3 Hz), 6.85 ( 2H, d, J = 8.2Hz), 6.69 (1H, s), 6.68 (1H, d, J = 2.3Hz), 3.74 (2H, t, J = 6.9Hz), 3.05 (2H, t, J = 7.6 Hz), 2.68 (2H, t, J = 7.6 Hz), 1.64-1.57 (2H, m), 1.22-1.17 (2H, m), 0.86 (3H, t, J = 7.4 Hz).

(27) 4- {3- [4-trifluoromethyl-5- (4-hydroxyphenyl) isoxazol-3-yl] propanoyl} amino-1-ethylpyrrole-3-carboxylic acid potassium salt (Compound of Example 53) Potassium salt)
¹ H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d ₆ ): δ (ppm) = 11.6 (1H, brs), 7.55 (2H, d, J = 8.8 Hz), 7.04 (1H, d, J = 2.4 Hz), 6.99 ( 2H, d, J = 8.8Hz), 6.79 (1H, d, J = 2.4Hz), 3.81 (2H, q, J = 7.3Hz), 3.08 (2H, t, J = 7.6Hz), 2.75 (2H, t, J = 7.6Hz), 1.28 (3H, t, J = 7.3Hz).

(28) 4- {3- [4-acetyl-5- (4-hydroxyphenyl) isoxazol-3-yl] propanoyl} amino-1-ethylpyrrole-3-carboxylic acid potassium salt (potassium of the compound of Example 59) salt)
¹ H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d ₆ ): δ (ppm) = 11.9 (1H, s), 7.32 (2H, d, J = 8.3 Hz), 6.99 (1H, d, J = 2.5 Hz), 6.84 ( 2H, d, J = 8.3Hz), 6.70 (1H, d, J = 2.5Hz), 3.78 (2H, q, J = 7.1Hz), 3.31 (2H, t, J = 7.6Hz), 2.71 (2H, t, J = 7.6Hz), 2.16 (3H, s), 1.26 (3H, t, J = 7.1Hz).

(29) 4- {3- [4-cyano-5- (4-hydroxyphenyl) isoxazol-3-yl] propanoyl} amino-1-ethylpyrrole-3-carboxylic acid potassium salt (potassium of the compound of Example 60) salt)
¹ H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d ₆ ): δ (ppm) = 11.8 (1H, brs), 11.0 (1H, brs), 7.70 (2H, d, J = 9.0 Hz), 7.01 (1H, d, J = 2.4Hz), 6.98 (2H, d, J = 9.0Hz), 6.75 (1H, d, J = 2.4Hz), 3.79 (2H, q, J = 7.3Hz), 3.29 (2H, t, J = 7.2 Hz), 3.29 (2H, t, J = 7.2Hz), 3.29 (3H, t, J = 7.2Hz).

(30) 4- {3- [3- (4-hydroxyphenyl) isoxazol-5-yl] propanoyl} amino-1-propylpyrrole-3-carboxylic acid potassium salt (potassium salt of the compound of Example 61)
¹ H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d ₆ ): δ (ppm) = 11.9 (1H, brs), 7.61 (2H, d, J = 8.6 Hz), 6.99 (1H, d, J = 2.3 Hz), 6.84 ( 2H, d, J = 8.6Hz), 6.69 (2H, s), 3.71 (2H, t, J = 6.9Hz), 3.05 (2H, t, J = 7.6Hz), 2.68 (2H, t, J = 7.6 Hz), 1.69-1.60 (2H, m), 0.79 (3H, t, J = 7.4Hz).

(31) 4- {3- [3- (4-hydroxyphenyl) isoxazol-5-yl] -2-fluoropropanoyl} amino-1-ethylpyrrole-3-carboxylic acid potassium salt (of the compound of Example 62) Potassium salt)
¹ H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d ₆ ): δ (ppm) = 12.5 (1H, brs), 7.63 (2H, d, J = 8.6 Hz), 7.11 (1H, s), 6.86 (2H, d, J = 8.6Hz), 6.81 (1H, s), 6.77 (1H, s), 5.50-5.35 (1H, m), 3.82 (2H, q, J = 7.2Hz), 3.55-3.34 (2H, m), 1.29 (3H, t, J = 7.2Hz).

(32) 4- {3- [3- (4-hydroxyphenyl) isoxazol-5-yl] -2,2-difluoropropanoyl} amino-1-ethylpyrrole-3-carboxylic acid potassium salt (of Example 63 Compound potassium salt)
¹ H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d ₆ ): δ (ppm) = 13.5 (1H, brs), 7.67 (2H, d, J = 7.9 Hz), 7.10 (1H, s), 6.89 (1H, s), 6.88 (1H, s), 6.87 (2H, d, J = 7.9Hz), 6.79 (1H, s), 3.84 (2H, q, J = 7.4Hz), 3.82 (2H, t, J = 13.3Hz), 1.29 (3H, t, J = 7.4Hz).

(33) 4- {3- [5- (4-hydroxyphenyl) isoxazol-3-yl] -2,2-difluoropropanoyl} amino-1-ethylpyrrole-3-carboxylic acid potassium salt (of Example 64 Compound potassium salt)
¹ H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d ₆ ): δ (ppm) = 13.4 (1H, brs), 7.56 (2H, d, J = 8.6 Hz), 7.11 (1H, d, J = 2.7 Hz), 6.80 ( 1H, d, J = 2.7Hz), 6.71 (2H, d, J = 8.6Hz), 3.84 (2H, q, J = 7.5Hz), 3.58 (2H, t, J = 17.6Hz), 1.29 (3H, t, J = 7.5Hz).

(34) 4- {3- [4-Difluoromethyl-3- (4-hydroxyphenyl) isoxazol-5-yl] propanoyl} amino-1-ethylpyrrole-3-carboxylic acid potassium salt (of the compound of Example 65) Potassium salt)
¹ H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d ₆ ): δ (ppm) = 11.8 (1H, brs), 10.7 (1H, brs), 7.51 (2H, d, J = 8.6 Hz), 7.22 (1H, t, J = 53.4Hz), 7.02 (1H, d, J = 2.3Hz), 6.91 (2H, d, J = 8.6Hz), 6.75 (1H, d, J = 2.3Hz), 3.80 (2H, q, J = 7.1 Hz), 3.25 (2H, t, J = 7.2Hz), 2.71 (2H, t, J = 7.4Hz), 1.27 (3H, t, J = 7.2Hz).

(35) 4- {3- [4-Ethyl-3- (5-hydroxypyridin-2-yl) isoxazol-5-yl] -2,2-difluoropropanoyl} amino-1-ethylpyrrole-3-carbon Acid potassium salt (potassium salt of the compound of Example 66)
¹ H NMR (400 MHz, MeOH-d ₄ ): δ (ppm) = 8.07 (1H, s), 7.52 (1H, d, J = 8.6Hz), 7.30 (1H, d, J = 2.3Hz), 7.09 ( 1H, d, J = 2.3Hz), 7.08 (1H, d, J = 8.6Hz), 3.93 (2H, q, J = 7.5Hz), 3.75 (2H, t, J = 16.4Hz), 2.72 (2H, q, J = 7.5Hz), 1.40 (3H, t, J = 7.5Hz), 0.98 (3H, t, J = 7.5Hz).

(Test Example 1) Adipocyte lipolysis assay
Neutral fat degradation inhibitory activity or degradation promoting activity by a test compound can be measured by an adipocyte lipolysis test which is a cell-based assay. In fat cells, when beta-adrenergic receptor stimulation is performed with Isoproterenol or the like, the lipolysis action of decomposing neutral fat accumulated in the cell into fatty acid and glycerol is enhanced, and the amount of fatty acid and glycerol released outside the cell is increased. . When a test compound that suppresses lipolysis is added to adipocytes, the lipolysis enhancing action by Isoproterenol stimulation is attenuated, and the fatty acid concentration or glycerol concentration in the medium decreases. Therefore, the lipolysis inhibitory activity of the test compound can be measured as the rate of decrease in the fatty acid concentration or glycerol concentration in the culture supernatant. Similarly, the lipolysis promoting activity can be measured as the rate of increase in fatty acid concentration or glycerol concentration in the medium.

[1] Substances used (1) 96-well seeded human subcutaneous fat cells (Dainippon Sumitomo Pharma Co., Ltd .: F-SA-1096)
(2) Adipocyte Maintenance Medium (Dainippon Sumitomo Pharma: AM-1)
(3) Lipolysis assay buffer [137 mM NaCl, 5 mM KCl, 4.2 mM NaHCO ₃ , 1.3 mM CaCl ₂ , 0.5 mM KH ₂ PO ₄ , 0.5 mM MgCl ₂ , 0.5 mM MgSO ₄ , 5 mM Glucose, 20 mM Hepes ( pH 7.4), 1% BSA, 1μM Isoproterenol]
(4) NEFA-C Test Wako (Wako Pure Chemical Industries)

[2] Preparation of screening material 1 μL of a test compound adjusted with DMSO so as to be 100 mM, 10 mM, 1 mM, 0.1 mM, 0.01 mM, or 0 mM was added to 1 mL of Lipolysis assay buffer preliminarily warmed to 37 ° C. At this time, the concentration of the test compound in the actual buffer is 1/1000 of the above.
The subcutaneous fat cells were cultured for 7 days in 200 μL of each well of Adipocyte Maintenance Medium. During this period, the medium was changed every 3 days. The medium was exchanged by discarding 100 μL of each medium and adding 100 μL of new Adipocyte Maintenance Medium. Thereafter, the adipocytes were washed with Lipolyisis assay buffer. Subsequently, 50 μL of each well of Lipolysis assay buffer containing the test compound was added, and then incubated for 5 hours. The measured value at each test compound concentration was 5 wells of a 96 well plate for each concentration. Nicotinic acid was used as a positive control for a compound having lipolysis inhibitory activity with reference to a past report [Green A et.al., J. Biol. Chem., 1992, 267 (5), 3223-9].

[3] Measurement procedure 40 μL of the culture supernatant was extracted from each well, and the fatty acid concentration in the supernatant was measured. The fatty acid concentration was measured using the NEFA-C test Wako as follows. To 40 μL of the culture supernatant extracted from each well, 80 μL of solution A contained in the kit was added and incubated at 37 ° C. for 10 minutes. Thereafter, 160 μL of solution B was added and further incubated at 37 ° C. for 10 minutes, and the absorbance at a wavelength of 550 nM was measured. At the same time, dilute the standard fatty acid solution contained in the kit to create a dilution series with a volume of 40 μL, add solution A and solution B in the same manner as above, measure the absorbance, and create a calibration curve according to the kit instructions did. The fatty acid concentration in the culture supernatant was calculated based on the obtained calibration curve. The decrease rate of the fatty acid concentration was calculated by the following formula, assuming that the decrease rate when adding Nicotinic Acid having a final concentration of 100 μM was 100%.
Fatty acid concentration decrease rate (%) =
[(Fatty acid concentration of test compound added group−Fatty acid concentration of Nicotinic Acid added group) / (Fatty acid concentration of Control group−Fatty acid concentration of Nicotinic Acid added group)] × 100
The above fatty acid concentration reduction rate is fitted using a 4-parameter logistics model (XLfit 4.1: see CTC Laboratory System) represented by the following formula, and a 50% fatty acid concentration reduction rate is given based on the obtained fitting formula IC ₅₀ values were calculated as test compound concentrations.
Y = ((AD) / (1+ (x / c) ^ B)) + D

[4] Results Table 1 shows the test results of the example compounds.

[Table 1]
_________________
Example No. IC ₅₀ (nM)
￣￣￣￣￣￣￣￣￣￣￣￣￣￣￣￣￣
1 1100
2 535
3 7
4 232
5 663
6 24
7 1500
8 76
9 125
10 151
11 88
12 29
13 40
14 255
15 2
16 29
17 49
18 9
19 93
20 30
21 41
22 29
23a 15
23b 103
24 20
25 31
26 10
27 36
28 19
29 42
30 42
31 50
32 41
33 7
34 20
35 8
36 12
37 13
38 4
39 40
40 9
41 9
42 13
43 7
44 8
45 9
46 9
47 8
48 1000
49 135
50 823
51 264
52 771
53 138
54 228
55 10
56 101
57 161
58 72
59 5
60 9
61 22
62 28
63 13
64 29
65 18
66 10
￣￣￣￣￣￣￣￣￣￣￣￣￣￣￣￣￣

  The compound of the present invention exhibits excellent lipolysis inhibitory activity, and is useful as a medicament for the treatment or prevention of hyperlipidemia, dyslipidemia, dyslipidemia, arteriosclerosis, type II diabetes, etc. It is.

(Formulation example 1)
Example compound (10 mg), colloidal silicon dioxide (0.2 mg), magnesium stearate (5 mg), microcrystalline cellulose (175 mg), starch (10 mg) and lactose (98.8 mg) were used. Then, a tablet is manufactured according to a known method. The obtained tablets can be coated as necessary.

  The compound having the general formula (I) of the present invention or a pharmacologically acceptable salt thereof has lipolysis inhibitory activity, blood lipid level control action (for example, NEFA or TG lowering action), in vivo activity, solubility Excellent properties in terms of oral absorption, metabolic stability, blood concentration, bioavailability (BA), tissue transfer, physical stability, drug interaction, safety [eg flushing] A medicine, preferably, hypo-HDLemia, hypercholesterolemia, hyper-LDL, hyper-VLDL, hyper-TG, hyperlipidemia, dislipidaemia, lipid metabolism Abnormality, arteriosclerosis, type I diabetes, type II diabetes, insulin resistance, heart failure, myocardial infarction, cardiovascular disease, stroke, obesity, angina, chronic renal failure, peripheral vascular disorder, nonalcoholic steatohepatitis, nerve Anorexia, metabolic syndrome, Alzheimer -Drugs for the treatment or prevention of illness, schizophrenia, amyotrophic lateral sclerosis, or for the occurrence of events or mortality based on cardiovascular or coronary heart disease, more preferably high Medicament for the treatment or prevention of lipemia, dyslipidemia, dyslipidemia, arteriosclerosis, or type II diabetes, more preferably treatment or prevention of dyslipidemia or dyslipidemia It is useful as a medicine for (preferably treatment).

Claims (25)

Formula (I)


[In the formula, A containing X represents a nitrogen-containing 5-membered aromatic heterocyclyl group, X represents a carbon atom or a nitrogen atom, except that A is a thiazolyl group,
R ¹ represents a carboxy group, a carboxymethyl group, or a tetrazolyl group,
R ² independently represents a group selected from the substituent group α,
R ³ is independently a phenyl group or a substituted phenyl group (the substituent is independently 1 to 4 groups selected from the substituent group α), a 5- to 6-membered aromatic heterocyclyl group. Substituted 5- to 6-membered aromatic heterocyclyl groups (the substituents independently represent 1 to 4 groups selected from the substituent group α), phenyl (C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl) groups, substituted A phenyl (C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl) group (the substituent is independently 1 to 4 groups selected from the substituent group α), a 5- to 6-membered aromatic heterocyclyl (C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl) group, or a substituted 5- to 6-membered aromatic heterocyclyl (C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl) group (the substituent is independently 1 to 4 groups selected from substituent group α) )
m represents 0, 1, 2, or 3;
n represents 0 or 1, provided that when m is 3, n is 0;
R ⁴ , R ⁵ , R ⁶ , and R ⁷ are independently a hydrogen atom, a C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl group, a halogeno (C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl) group, a hydroxy group, or a C ₁ -C ₆ alkoxy group. Group or halogeno group,
B is a naphthyl group, a substituted naphthyl group (the substituent is independently 1 to 4 groups selected from the substituent group α), a 9 to 10-membered aromatic heterocyclyl group, a substituted 9 to 10 A membered aromatic heterocyclyl group (the substituent is independently 1 to 4 groups selected from the substituent group α), or a group represented by the formula (II)

[Wherein, B ¹ and B ² are independently a phenyl group or a substituted phenyl group (the substituent is independently 1 to 4 groups selected from the substituent group α), 5 to A 6-membered aromatic heterocyclyl group or a substituted 5- to 6-membered aromatic heterocyclyl group (the substituent independently represents 1 to 4 groups selected from the substituent group α)] A group having
Substituent group α includes C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl group, hydroxy (C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl) group, (C ₁ -C ₆ alkoxy)-(C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl) group, halogeno (C ₁ -C ₆ ). ₆ alkyl) group, (C ₃ -C ₈ cycloalkyl)-(C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl) group, C ₃ -C ₈ cycloalkyl group, C ₂ -C ₆ alkenyl group, C ₂ -C ₆ alkynyl group, hydroxy groups, C ₁ -C ₆ alkoxy group, a halogeno (C ₁ -C ₆ alkoxy) group, C ₁ -C ₆ alkylthio group, C ₁ -C ₆ alkylsulfinyl group, C ₁ -C ₆ alkylsulfonyl group, an amino group , C ₁ -C ₆ alkylamino group, di (C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl) amino group, formylamino group, (C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl) carbonylamino group, (C ₁ -C ₆ alkoxy) carbonylamino group, (C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl) sulfonylamino group, a formyl group, (C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl) Cal Group, a carboxyl group, (C ₁ -C ₆ alkoxy) carbonyl group, a carbamoyl group, (C ₁ -C ₆ alkylamino) carbonyl group, a di (C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl) aminocarbonyl group, aminosulfonyl group, ( C ₁ -C ₆ alkylamino) sulfonyl group, a di (C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl) aminosulfonyl group, a cyano group, a nitro group, and shows a group consisting of halogeno group. Or a pharmacologically acceptable salt thereof as an active ingredient.   A pharmaceutical composition comprising as an active ingredient the compound according to claim 1 or a pharmacologically acceptable salt thereof, wherein A is a pyrrolyl group and X is a carbon atom. In Claim 1, General formula (I-1)

Or a pharmacologically acceptable salt thereof as an active ingredient. In Claim 1, General formula (I-3)

[Wherein R ^8a represents a hydrogen atom, a C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl group, a hydroxy (C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl) group, a (C ₁ -C ₆ alkoxy)-(C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl) group, a halogeno group; (C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl) group, (C ₃ -C ₈ cycloalkyl)-(C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl) group, C ₃ -C ₈ cycloalkyl group, C ₂ -C ₆ alkenyl group, C _2- C ₆ alkynyl group, C ₁ -C ₆ alkylsulfonyl group, a formyl group, (C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl) carbonyl group, (C ₁ -C ₆ alkoxy) carbonyl group, a carbamoyl group, (C ₁ -C ₆ alkylamino ) Carbonyl group, di (C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl) aminocarbonyl group, aminosulfonyl group, (C ₁ -C ₆ alkylamino) sulfonyl group, or di (C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl) aminosulfonyl group,
R ^2a is independently a C ₁ -C ₄ alkyl group, a halogeno (C ₁ -C ₄ alkyl) group, a (C ₃ -C ₆ cycloalkyl)-(C ₁ -C ₄ alkyl) group, a C _3- C ₆ cycloalkyl group, C ₂ -C ₄ alkenyl group, C ₂ -C ₄ alkynyl group, hydroxy group, C ₁ -C ₄ alkoxy group, formyl group, (C ₁ -C ₄ alkyl) carbonyl group, cyano group, Or a halogeno group,
k is 0, 1, or 2] or a pharmacologically acceptable salt thereof as an active ingredient. R ^8a is a hydrogen atom, a C ₁ -C ₄ alkyl group, a (C ₁ -C ₂ alkoxy)-(C ₁ -C ₄ alkyl) group, (C ₃ -C ₆ cycloalkyl)-(C ₁ -C _4). Alkyl) group, halogeno (C ₁ -C ₄ alkyl) group, C ₃ -C ₆ cycloalkyl group, C ₂ -C ₄ alkenyl group, or C ₂ -C ₄ alkynyl group,
R ^2a represents a C ₁ -C ₂ alkyl group, a halogeno (C ₁ -C ₂ alkyl) group (the halogeno group represents 1 to 5 groups selected from the group consisting of a fluoro group and a chloro group), C ₃ -C ₄ cycloalkyl group, a cyano group, fluoro group, or a chloro group,
A pharmaceutical composition comprising the compound according to claim 4 or a pharmacologically acceptable salt thereof as an active ingredient, wherein k is 0 or 1. R ^8a is a C ₁ -C ₄ alkyl group,
The pharmaceutical composition containing the compound or its pharmacologically acceptable salt of Claim 4 whose k is 0 as an active ingredient. R ^8a is an ethyl group,
The pharmaceutical composition containing the compound or its pharmacologically acceptable salt of Claim 4 whose k is 0 as an active ingredient. In Claim 1, General formula (I-4)

[Wherein R ^3a represents a phenyl (C ₁ -C ₂ alkyl) group or a substituted phenyl (C ₁ -C ₂ alkyl) group (the substituent is independently selected from the substituent group α1) To 3 groups)
The substituent group α1 is a C ₁ -C ₂ alkyl group, a halogeno (C ₁ -C ₂ alkyl) group (the halogeno group represents 1 to 5 groups selected from the group consisting of a fluoro group and a chloro group) ), A group having a fluoro group and a chloro group] or a pharmacologically acceptable salt thereof as an active ingredient. R ^3a is a phenylmethyl group or a substituted phenylmethyl group (the substituent independently represents 1 to 3 groups selected from the substituent group α2);
The substituent group α2 is a pharmaceutical composition containing the compound according to claim 8 or a pharmacologically acceptable salt thereof as an active ingredient, which represents a group consisting of a methyl group, a trifluoromethyl group, and a fluoro group. In Claim 1, General formula (I-2)

Or a pharmacologically acceptable salt thereof as an active ingredient. In Claim 1, General formula (I-5)

[Wherein R ^8b represents a hydrogen atom, a C ₁ -C ₄ alkyl group, a (C ₁ -C ₂ alkoxy)-(C ₁ -C ₄ alkyl) group, a halogeno (C ₁ -C ₄ alkyl) group, C ₃ -C ₆ cycloalkyl group, C ₂ -C ₄ alkenyl group, or, C ₂ -C ₄ compound having an alkynyl group indicates a] or a pharmaceutical composition containing a pharmacologically acceptable salt thereof as an active ingredient. A pharmaceutical composition comprising as an active ingredient the compound according to claim 11 or a pharmacologically acceptable salt thereof, wherein R ^8b is a C ₁ -C ₄ alkyl group. A pharmaceutical composition comprising, as an active ingredient, the compound according to any one of claims 1 to 12, or a pharmacologically acceptable salt thereof, wherein R ¹ is a carboxy group. R ⁴ , R ⁵ , R ⁶ , and R ⁷ are independently a hydrogen atom, a C ₁ -C ₂ alkyl group, a halogeno (C ₁ -C ₂ alkyl) group (the halogeno group is a fluoro group or chloro group). The compound or a pharmacologically acceptable salt thereof according to any one of claims 1 to 13, which is a fluoro group or a chloro group, which represents 1 to 5 groups selected from the group consisting of groups. A pharmaceutical composition containing as an active ingredient. The compound or pharmacologically acceptable salt thereof according to any one of claims 1 to 13, wherein R ⁴ , R ⁵ , R ⁶ and R ⁷ are each independently a hydrogen atom or a fluoro group. A pharmaceutical composition contained as an ingredient. The compound or pharmacologically acceptable compound thereof according to any one of claims 1 to 13, wherein R ⁴ and R ⁵ are independently a hydrogen atom or a fluoro group, and R ⁶ and R ⁷ are a hydrogen atom. A pharmaceutical composition containing a salt as an active ingredient. B is a naphthyl group or a substituted naphthyl group (the substituent independently represents 1 to 3 groups selected from the substituent group α3);
The substituent group α3 is a C ₁ -C ₂ alkyl group, a halogeno (C ₁ -C ₂ alkyl) group (the halogeno group represents 1 to 5 groups selected from the group consisting of a fluoro group and a chloro group) ), A hydroxy group, a C ₁ -C ₂ alkoxy group, a fluoro group, and a chloro group, or a pharmacologically acceptable salt thereof as an active ingredient As a pharmaceutical composition. B is the formula (IIa)

[Wherein, B ^1a represents a phenyl group, a substituted phenyl group (the substituents independently represent 1 to 3 groups selected from the substituent group α4), a 5-membered aromatic heterocyclyl group, or , A substituted 5-membered aromatic heterocyclyl group (the substituent independently represents 1 to 3 groups selected from the substituent group α4),
B ^2a is a phenyl group, a substituted phenyl group (the substituent is independently 1 to 3 groups selected from the substituent group α5), a pyridyl group, or a substituted pyridyl group (the substituent is Each independently represents 1 to 3 groups selected from the substituent group α5),
The substituent group α4 includes a C ₁ -C ₄ alkyl group, a halogeno (C ₁ -C ₄ alkyl) group, a (C ₃ -C ₆ cycloalkyl)-(C ₁ -C ₄ alkyl) group, and a C ₃ -C ₆ group. cycloalkyl group, C ₁ -C ₄ alkoxy group, a formyl group, (C ₁ -C ₄ alkyl) carbonyl group, a cyano group, fluoro group, chloro group, and represents the group consisting of bromo groups,
The substituent group α5 is a group consisting of a C ₁ -C ₄ alkyl group, a halogeno (C ₁ -C ₄ alkyl) group, a hydroxy group, a C ₁ -C ₄ alkoxy group, a fluoro group, a chloro group, and a bromo group. A pharmaceutical composition comprising the compound according to any one of claims 1 to 16 or a pharmacologically acceptable salt thereof as an active ingredient. B is the formula (IIb)

[Wherein B ^1b represents a nitrogen-containing 5-membered aromatic heterocyclyl group or a substituted nitrogen-containing 5-membered aromatic heterocyclyl group (the substituent is independently selected from the substituent group α6) Indicating a group)
B ^2b is a phenyl group, a substituted phenyl group (the substituent is independently 1 or 2 groups selected from the substituent group α7), a pyridyl group, or a substituted pyridyl group (the substituent is Each independently represents 1 to 2 groups selected from the substituent group α7),
The substituent group α6 is a C ₁ -C ₄ alkyl group, a halogeno (C ₁ -C ₂ alkyl) group (the halogeno group represents 1 to 5 groups selected from the group consisting of a fluoro group and a chloro group) ), (C ₃ -C ₄ cycloalkyl)-(C ₁ -C ₂ alkyl) group, C ₃ -C ₄ cycloalkyl group, (C ₁ -C ₂ alkyl) carbonyl group, cyano group, fluoro group, and A group of chloro groups,
The substituent group α7 is a group having a group having a C ₁ -C ₂ alkyl group, a hydroxy group, a fluoro group, and a chloro group], or a compound according to any one of claims 1 to 16 A pharmaceutical composition comprising a pharmacologically acceptable salt as an active ingredient. B is the formula (IIc)

[ ^Wherein B ^1c represents a group selected from the following group or a group selected from the following group which is substituted (the substituent is a group independently selected from the substituent group α8) Show)

B ^2c represents a phenyl group or a 4-hydroxyphenyl group;
The substituent group α8 is a C ₁ -C ₄ alkyl group, a halogeno (C ₁ -C ₂ alkyl) group (the halogeno group represents 1 to 5 groups selected from the group consisting of a fluoro group and a chloro group) ), A cyclopropyl group, a methylcarbonyl group, a cyano group, a fluoro group, and a chloro group.], Or a pharmacologically acceptable compound thereof. The pharmaceutical composition which contains the salt made as an active ingredient. B is the formula (IId)

[ ^Wherein , B ^1d represents a group selected from the following group or a group selected from the following group that is substituted (the substituent represents one group selected from the substituent group α9). Show

The substituent group α9 represents a group having a methyl group, an ethyl group, and a chloro group], or a pharmacologically acceptable salt thereof according to any one of claims 1 to 16. A pharmaceutical composition containing as an active ingredient. 4- {3- [2- (4-hydroxyphenyl) thiazol-5-yl] propanoyl} amino-1-ethylpyrrole-3-carboxylic acid;
4- {3- [2- (4-hydroxyphenyl) thiazol-5-yl] -2-fluoropropanoyl} amino-1-ethylpyrrole-3-carboxylic acid;
4- {3- [3- (4-hydroxyphenyl) -4-ethylisoxazol-5-yl] propanoyl} amino-1-ethylpyrrole-3-carboxylic acid;
4- {3-[-4-chloro- (4-hydroxyphenyl) isoxazol-5-yl] propanoyl} amino-1-ethylpyrrole-3-carboxylic acid;
4- {3- [4-ethyl- (4-hydroxyphenyl) isoxazol-5-yl] propanoyl} amino-1-ethylpyrrole-3-carboxylic acid;
4- {3-[(4-hydroxyphenyl) -4-methylisoxazol-5-yl] propanoyl} amino-1-ethylpyrrole-3-carboxylic acid;
4- {3- [2- (4-hydroxyphenyl) thiazol-5-yl] -2,2-difluoropropanoyl} amino-1-ethylpyrrole-3-carboxylic acid;
4- {3- [4-ethyl-3- (4-hydroxyphenyl) isoxazol-5-yl] -2,2-difluoropropanoyl} amino-1-ethylpyrrole-3-carboxylic acid;
4- {3- [4-ethyl-5- (4-hydroxyphenyl) isoxazol-3-yl] -2,2-difluoropropanoyl} amino-1-ethylpyrrole-3-carboxylic acid;
4- {3- [4-chloro-5- (4-hydroxyphenyl) isoxazol-3-yl] -2-fluoropropanoyl} amino-1-ethylpyrrole-3-carboxylic acid;
4- {3- [3- (4-hydroxyphenyl) isoxazol-5-yl] -2-fluoropropanoyl} amino-1-ethylpyrrole-3-carboxylic acid, and;
6. The method selected from the group consisting of 4- {3- [3- (4-hydroxyphenyl) isoxazol-5-yl] -2,2-difluoropropanoyl} amino-1-ethylpyrrole-3-carboxylic acid. A pharmaceutical composition comprising the compound described in 1 or a pharmacologically acceptable salt thereof as an active ingredient.   23. A pharmaceutical composition according to any one of claims 1 to 22 for the treatment or prevention of hyperlipidemia, dyslipidemia, dyslipidemia, arteriosclerosis, or type II diabetes.   The pharmaceutical composition according to any one of claims 1 to 22, for treating or preventing dyslipidemia. The pharmaceutical composition according to any one of claims 1 to 22, for treating or preventing dyslipidemia.